Commit graph

11918 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Peter Eisentraut
313d29f740 Add note about column privilege behavior to REVOKE reference page
suggested by Josh Berkus
2012-03-17 10:34:00 +02:00
Robert Haas
4012810a68 A couple more fixes for the sepgsql documentation. 2012-03-15 16:49:44 -04:00
Robert Haas
d0ed9efdf7 Copy editing of sepgsql documentation. 2012-03-15 16:37:40 -04:00
Robert Haas
523176cbf1 sepgsql_setcon().
This is intended as infrastructure to allow sepgsql to cooperate with
connection pooling software, by allowing the effective security label
to be set for each new connection.

KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Yeb Havinga.
2012-03-15 16:08:40 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
717f6d6085 In pg_upgrade, add various logging improvements:
add ability to control permissions of created files
	have psql echo its queries for easier debugging
	output four separate log files, and delete them on success
	add -r/--retain option to keep log files after success
	make logs file append-only
	remove -g/-G/-l logging options
	sugggest tailing appropriate log file on failure
	enhance -v/--verbose behavior
2012-03-12 19:48:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9a39583264 Remove tabs in SGML files 2012-03-12 10:13:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
8142166162 Make parameter name consistent with syntax summary.
Thomas Hunger
2012-03-11 16:56:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
1e4964478a Fix documented type of t_infomask2.
Per Koizumi Satoru
2012-03-11 16:53:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
c6a11b89e4 Teach SPGiST to store nulls and do whole-index scans.
This patch fixes the other major compatibility-breaking limitation of
SPGiST, that it didn't store anything for null values of the indexed
column, and so could not support whole-index scans or "x IS NULL"
tests.  The approach is to create a wholly separate search tree for
the null entries, and use fixed "allTheSame" insertion and search
rules when processing this tree, instead of calling the index opclass
methods.  This way the opclass methods do not need to worry about
dealing with nulls.

Catversion bump is for pg_am updates as well as the change in on-disk
format of SPGiST indexes; there are some tweaks in SPGiST WAL records
as well.

Heavily rewritten version of a patch by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev.
(The original also stored nulls separately, but it reused GIN code to do
so; which required undesirable compromises in the on-disk format, and
would likely lead to bugs due to the GIN code being required to work in
two very different contexts.)
2012-03-11 16:29:59 -04:00
Michael Meskes
fc227a4e3b Removed redundant "the" from ecpg's docs.
Typo spotted by Erik Rijkers.
2012-03-11 12:25:52 +01:00
Tatsuo Ishii
da9e73a137 Add description for --no-locale and --text-search-config. 2012-03-11 19:16:15 +09:00
Tom Lane
03e56f798e Restructure SPGiST opclass interface API to support whole-index scans.
The original API definition was incapable of supporting whole-index scans
because there was no way to invoke leaf-value reconstruction without
checking any qual conditions.  Also, it was inefficient for
multiple-qual-condition scans because value reconstruction got done over
again for each qual condition, and because other internal work in the
consistent functions likewise had to be done for each qual.  To fix these
issues, pass the whole scankey array to the opclass consistent functions,
instead of only letting them see one item at a time.  (Essentially, the
loop over scankey entries is now inside the consistent functions not
outside them.  This makes the consistent functions a bit more complicated,
but not unreasonably so.)

In itself this commit does nothing except save a few cycles in
multiple-qual-condition index scans, since we can't support whole-index
scans on SPGiST indexes until nulls are included in the index.  However,
I consider this a must-fix for 9.2 because once we release it will get
very much harder to change the opclass API definition.
2012-03-10 18:36:49 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
39d74e346c Add support for renaming constraints
reviewed by Josh Berkus and Dimitri Fontaine
2012-03-10 20:19:13 +02:00
Robert Haas
e914a144d3 sepgsql DROP support.
KaiGai Kohei
2012-03-09 15:18:45 -05:00
Tom Lane
b14953932d Revise FDW planning API, again.
Further reflection shows that a single callback isn't very workable if we
desire to let FDWs generate multiple Paths, because that forces the FDW to
do all work necessary to generate a valid Plan node for each Path.  Instead
split the former PlanForeignScan API into three steps: GetForeignRelSize,
GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan.  We had already bit the bullet of breaking
the 9.1 FDW API for 9.2, so this shouldn't cause very much additional pain,
and it's substantially more flexible for complex FDWs.

Add an fdw_private field to RelOptInfo so that the new functions can save
state there rather than possibly having to recalculate information two or
three times.

In addition, we'd not thought through what would be needed to allow an FDW
to set up subexpressions of its choice for runtime execution.  We could
treat ForeignScan.fdw_private as an executable expression but that seems
likely to break existing FDWs unnecessarily (in particular, it would
restrict the set of node types allowable in fdw_private to those supported
by expression_tree_walker).  Instead, invent a separate field fdw_exprs
which will receive the postprocessing appropriate for expression trees.
(One field is enough since it can be a list of expressions; also, we assume
the corresponding expression state tree(s) will be held within fdw_state,
so we don't need to add anything to ForeignScanState.)

Per review of Hanada Shigeru's pgsql_fdw patch.  We may need to tweak this
further as we continue to work on that patch, but to me it feels a lot
closer to being right now.
2012-03-09 12:49:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
9088d1b965 Add GetForeignColumnOptions() to foreign.c, and add some documentation.
GetForeignColumnOptions provides some abstraction for accessing
column-specific FDW options, on a par with the access functions that were
already provided here for other FDW-related information.

Adjust file_fdw.c to use GetForeignColumnOptions instead of equivalent
hand-rolled code.

In addition, add some SGML documentation for the functions exported by
foreign.c that are meant for use by FDW authors.

(This is the fdw_helper portion of the proposed pgsql_fdw patch.)

Hanada Shigeru, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei
2012-03-07 18:20:58 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
2127aac6ef In pg_upgrade, only lock the old cluster if link mode is used, and do it
right after we restore the schema (a common failure point), and right
before we do the link operation.

Per suggesgtions from Robert and ^!C^!^@lvaro
2012-03-05 21:20:06 -05:00
Tom Lane
6b289942bf Redesign PlanForeignScan API to allow multiple paths for a foreign table.
The original API specification only allowed an FDW to create a single
access path, which doesn't seem like a terribly good idea in hindsight.
Instead, move the responsibility for building the Path node and calling
add_path() into the FDW's PlanForeignScan function.  Now, it can do that
more than once if appropriate.  There is no longer any need for the
transient FdwPlan struct, so get rid of that.

Etsuro Fujita, Shigeru Hanada, Tom Lane
2012-03-05 16:15:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
3f47e145f1 Improve documentation around logging_collector and use of stderr.
In backup.sgml, point out that you need to be using the logging collector
if you want to log messages from a failing archive_command script.  (This
is an oversimplification, in that it will work without the collector as
long as you're not sending postmaster stderr to /dev/null; but it seems
like a good idea to encourage use of the collector to avoid problems
with multiple processes concurrently scribbling on one file.)

In config.sgml, do some wordsmithing of logging_collector discussion.

Per bug #6518 from Janning Vygen
2012-03-05 14:09:33 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
bc5ac36865 Add function pg_xlog_location_diff to help comparisons
Comparing two xlog locations are useful for example when calculating
replication lag.

Euler Taveira de Oliveira, reviewed by Fujii Masao, and some cleanups
from me
2012-03-04 12:22:38 +01:00
Tom Lane
0e5e167aae Collect and use element-frequency statistics for arrays.
This patch improves selectivity estimation for the array <@, &&, and @>
(containment and overlaps) operators.  It enables collection of statistics
about individual array element values by ANALYZE, and introduces
operator-specific estimators that use these stats.  In addition,
ScalarArrayOpExpr constructs of the forms "const = ANY/ALL (array_column)"
and "const <> ANY/ALL (array_column)" are estimated by treating them as
variants of the containment operators.

Since we still collect scalar-style stats about the array values as a
whole, the pg_stats view is expanded to show both these stats and the
array-style stats in separate columns.  This creates an incompatible change
in how stats for tsvector columns are displayed in pg_stats: the stats
about lexemes are now displayed in the array-related columns instead of the
original scalar-related columns.

There are a few loose ends here, notably that it'd be nice to be able to
suppress either the scalar-style stats or the array-element stats for
columns for which they're not useful.  But the patch is in good enough
shape to commit for wider testing.

Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Noah Misch and Nathan Boley
2012-03-03 20:20:57 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
34c978442c Provide environment overrides for psql file locations.
PSQL_HISTORY provides an alternative for the command history file,
and PSQLRC provides an alternative location for the .psqlrc file.
2012-03-03 16:39:26 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b59ca98209 Allow CREATE TABLE (LIKE ...) from composite type
The only reason this didn't work before was that parserOpenTable()
rejects composite types.  So use relation_openrv() directly and
manually do the errposition() setup that parserOpenTable() does.
2012-03-03 16:03:05 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
6688d2878e Add COLLATION FOR expression
reviewed by Jaime Casanova
2012-03-02 21:12:16 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
8efb0bc57e Add a rule to optionally build docs with the stylesheet from the website
For those of us who prefer the formatting of the docs using the
website stylesheets. Use "make STYLE=website draft" (for example) to use.

The stylesheet itself is referenced directly to the website, so there
is currently no copy of it stored in the source repository. Thus, docs
built with it will only look correct if the browser can access the website
when viewing them.
2012-03-02 12:31:21 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
bc8765e91c Small possible clarification in pg_basebackup reference page
The <literal> markup is not visible as distinct on man pages, which
creates a bit of confusion when looking at the documentation of the
pg_basebackup -l option.  Rather than reinventing the entire font
system for man pages to remedy this, just put some quotes around this
particular case, which should also help in other output formats.
2012-03-01 21:16:24 +02:00
Tom Lane
a5c1a1969d Simplify references to backslash-doubling in func.sgml.
Several places were still written as though standard_conforming_strings
didn't exist, much less be the default.  Now that it is on by default,
we can simplify the text and just insert occasional notes suggesting that
you might have to think harder if it's turned off.  Per discussion of a
suggestion from Hannes Frederic Sowa.

Back-patch to 9.1 where standard_conforming_strings was made the default.
2012-02-29 12:11:10 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
ac086d466d Fix some typos and correct wording in the monitoring docs patch
Thom Brown
2012-02-25 16:33:57 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
ddfc2d9a37 Merge the list of statistics functions into the view documentation
Most people won't read them individually anyway, it's an easy way to find
them, and it's a lot of duplicated information if they are kept in two
different places.
2012-02-25 15:29:11 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
da9ed7dafd Make each pg_stat_ view into it's own table in the documentation
This makes it easier to match a column name with the description of it,
and makes it possible to add more detailed documentation in the future.

This patch does not add that extra documentation at this point, only
the structure required for it.

Modeled on the changes already done to pg_stat_activity.
2012-02-25 15:20:49 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
3aa42c25c3 Put Debian package list back in alphabetical order 2012-02-24 20:40:29 +02:00
Tom Lane
b2ce60703a Last-minute release note updates.
Security: CVE-2012-0866, CVE-2012-0867, CVE-2012-0868
2012-02-23 17:47:52 -05:00
Tom Lane
891e6e7bfd Require execute permission on the trigger function for CREATE TRIGGER.
This check was overlooked when we added function execute permissions to the
system years ago.  For an ordinary trigger function it's not a big deal,
since trigger functions execute with the permissions of the table owner,
so they couldn't do anything the user issuing the CREATE TRIGGER couldn't
have done anyway.  However, if a trigger function is SECURITY DEFINER,
that is not the case.  The lack of checking would allow another user to
install it on his own table and then invoke it with, essentially, forged
input data; which the trigger function is unlikely to realize, so it might
do something undesirable, for instance insert false entries in an audit log
table.

Reported by Dinesh Kumar, patch by Robert Haas

Security: CVE-2012-0866
2012-02-23 15:38:56 -05:00
Robert Haas
2254367435 Make EXPLAIN (BUFFERS) track blocks dirtied, as well as those written.
Also expose the new counters through pg_stat_statements.

Patch by me.  Review by Fujii Masao and Greg Smith.
2012-02-22 20:33:05 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
4e6092a227 Improve wording of pg_upgrade logfile option:
-l, --logfile=FILENAME        log internal activity to file\n\
2012-02-22 18:40:32 -05:00
Tom Lane
dd2954963b Draft release notes for 9.1.3, 9.0.7, 8.4.11, 8.3.18. 2012-02-22 18:12:25 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a445cb92ef Add parameters for controlling locations of server-side SSL files
This allows changing the location of the files that were previously
hard-coded to server.crt, server.key, root.crt, root.crl.

server.crt and server.key continue to be the default settings and are
thus required to be present by default if SSL is enabled.  But the
settings for the server-side CA and CRL are now empty by default, and
if they are set, the files are required to be present.  This replaces
the previous behavior of ignoring the functionality if the files were
not found.
2012-02-22 23:40:46 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
2f582f76b1 Improve pretty printing of viewdefs.
Some line feeds are added to target lists and from lists to make
them more readable. By default they wrap at 80 columns if possible,
but the wrap column is also selectable - if 0 it wraps after every
item.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada.
2012-02-19 11:43:46 -05:00
Robert Haas
73a4b994a6 Make CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION support NOT LEAKPROOF.
Because it isn't good to be able to turn things on, and not off again.
2012-02-15 10:45:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
d845fd684a sepgsql: Reword and fix typo in docs on DML permissions.
Per report from Christoph Berg.
2012-02-15 09:57:56 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
58d746213d Improve fsync documentation by stating that -W _0_ turns of write
caching.
2012-02-14 17:42:06 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
c1d9df4fa2 Document random page cost is only 4x seqeuntial, and not 40x. 2012-02-14 16:54:54 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ef7a7c81d9 Document that the pg_test_fsync defaults allow the program to complete
in about 30 seconds.
2012-02-14 11:14:15 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
0a8396e35e Change contrib/pg_test_fsync to control tests in terms of seconds per
test, rather than a number of test cycles.  Changes -o/cycles option to
-s/seconds.
2012-02-14 11:10:03 -05:00
Robert Haas
cd30728fb2 Allow LEAKPROOF functions for better performance of security views.
We don't normally allow quals to be pushed down into a view created
with the security_barrier option, but functions without side effects
are an exception: they're OK.  This allows much better performance in
common cases, such as when using an equality operator (that might
even be indexable).

There is an outstanding issue here with the CREATE FUNCTION / ALTER
FUNCTION syntax: there's no way to use ALTER FUNCTION to unset the
leakproof flag.  But I'm committing this as-is so that it doesn't
have to be rebased again; we can fix up the grammar in a future
commit.

KaiGai Kohei, with some wordsmithing by me.
2012-02-13 22:21:14 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
169c8a9112 psql: Support zero byte field and record separators
Add new psql settings and command-line options to support setting the
field and record separators for unaligned output to a zero byte, for
easier interfacing with other shell tools.

reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen
2012-02-09 20:20:15 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
a870c7fdbc Add opensp as a requirement for building the docs on Debian --- tested
on Debian Squeeze.
2012-02-07 20:30:11 -05:00
Robert Haas
af7914c662 Add TIMING option to EXPLAIN, to allow eliminating of timing overhead.
Sometimes it may be useful to get actual row counts out of EXPLAIN
(ANALYZE) without paying the cost of timing every node entry/exit.
With this patch, you can say EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, TIMING OFF) to get that.

Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Eric Theise, with minor doc changes by me.
2012-02-07 11:23:04 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a347f96b99 createuser: Disable prompting by default
Do not prompt when options were not specified.  Assume --no-createdb,
--no-createrole, --no-superuser by default.

Also disable prompting for user name in dropdb, unless --interactive
was specified.

reviewed by Josh Kupershmidt
2012-02-07 14:55:34 +02:00
Tom Lane
9bff0780cf Allow SQL-language functions to reference parameters by name.
Matthew Draper, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
2012-02-04 19:23:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
072ba77bff Remove tabs in SGML file. 2012-02-04 07:11:44 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
39909d1d39 Add array_to_json and row_to_json functions.
Also move the escape_json function from explain.c to json.c where it
seems to belong.

Andrew Dunstan, Reviewd by Abhijit Menon-Sen.
2012-02-03 12:11:16 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
8a02339e9b initdb: Add options --auth-local and --auth-host
reviewed by Robert Haas and Pavel Stehule
2012-02-01 21:18:55 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
b2e431a4db Implement dry-run mode for pg_archivecleanup
In dry-run mode, just the name of the file to be removed is printed to
stdout; this is so the user can easily plug it into another program
through a pipe.  If debug mode is also specified, a more verbose message
is printed to stderr.

Author: Gabriele Bartolini
Reviewer: Josh Kupershmidt
2012-02-01 14:18:12 -03:00
Robert Haas
5384a73f98 Built-in JSON data type.
Like the XML data type, we simply store JSON data as text, after checking
that it is valid.  More complex operations such as canonicalization and
comparison may come later, but this is enough for not.

There are a few open issues here, such as whether we should attempt to
detect UTF-8 surrogate pairs represented as \uXXXX\uYYYY, but this gets
the basic framework in place.
2012-01-31 11:48:23 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
82e83f46a2 Add sequence USAGE privileges to information schema
The sequence USAGE privilege is sufficiently similar to the SQL
standard that it seems reasonable to show in the information schema.
Also add some compatibility notes about it on the GRANT reference
page.
2012-01-30 21:45:42 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
ee7fa66b19 PL/Python: Add result metadata functions
Add result object functions .colnames, .coltypes, .coltypmods to
obtain information about the result column names and types, which was
previously not possible in the PL/Python SPI interface.

reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen
2012-01-30 21:38:52 +02:00
Tom Lane
ed6e0545f5 Add caution about multiple unique indexes breaking plpgsql upsert example.
Per Phil Sorber, though I didn't use his wording exactly.
2012-01-28 21:06:41 -05:00
Tom Lane
17d3233e1b Update statement about sorting of character-string data.
The sort order is no longer fixed at database creation time, but can be
controlled via COLLATE.  Noted by Thomas Kellerer.
2012-01-28 20:54:56 -05:00
Tom Lane
e2fa76d80b Use parameterized paths to generate inner indexscans more flexibly.
This patch fixes the planner so that it can generate nestloop-with-
inner-indexscan plans even with one or more levels of joining between
the indexscan and the nestloop join that is supplying the parameter.
The executor was fixed to handle such cases some time ago, but the
planner was not ready.  This should improve our plans in many situations
where join ordering restrictions formerly forced complete table scans.

There is probably a fair amount of tuning work yet to be done, because
of various heuristics that have been added to limit the number of
parameterized paths considered.  However, we are not going to find out
what needs to be adjusted until the code gets some real-world use, so
it's time to get it in there where it can be tested easily.

Note API change for index AM amcostestimate functions.  I'm not aware of
any non-core index AMs, but if there are any, they will need minor
adjustments.
2012-01-27 19:26:38 -05:00
Robert Haas
eb6af016fc Document that COUNT(*) might not need a seq scan any more.
Noted by Josh Kupershmidt.
2012-01-27 12:40:37 -05:00
Robert Haas
db6de5b71e Document that analyzing an empty table doesn't update the statistics.
Per a suggestion from Sergey Konoplev
2012-01-27 12:14:23 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
59c67ecdd3 Fix copy-paste error in docs.
Dean Rasheed
2012-01-27 12:48:42 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
c9f14bb4ac Fix wording, per Peter Geoghegan 2012-01-27 10:36:27 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
2e92b5872f Mention in the docs that bgwriter now sleeps longer when it has no work to do. 2012-01-27 09:17:37 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d4bad4e1e1 Fix sentence in docs: checkpoints are not done by bgwriter anymore. 2012-01-26 19:08:20 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
61cb8c5abb Add deadlock counter to pg_stat_database
Adds a counter that tracks number of deadlocks that occurred in
each database to pg_stat_database.

Magnus Hagander, reviewed by Jaime Casanova
2012-01-26 15:58:19 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
bc3347484a Track temporary file count and size in pg_stat_database
Add counters for number and size of temporary files used
for spill-to-disk queries for each database to the
pg_stat_database view.

Tomas Vondra, review by Magnus Hagander
2012-01-26 14:41:19 +01:00
Simon Riggs
8366c7803e Allow pg_basebackup from standby node with safety checking.
Base backup follows recommended procedure, plus goes to great
lengths to ensure that partial page writes are avoided.

Jun Ishizuka and Fujii Masao, with minor modifications
2012-01-25 18:02:04 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
74ab96a45e Add pg_trigger_depth() function
This reports the depth level of triggers currently in execution, or zero
if not called from inside a trigger.

No catversion bump in this patch, but you have to initdb if you want
access to the new function.

Author: Kevin Grittner
2012-01-25 13:22:54 -03:00
Simon Riggs
443b4821f1 Add new replication mode synchronous_commit = 'write'.
Replication occurs only to memory on standby, not to disk,
so provides additional performance if user wishes to
reduce durability level slightly. Adds concept of multiple
independent sync rep queues.

Fujii Masao and Simon Riggs
2012-01-24 20:22:37 +00:00
Simon Riggs
b8a91d9d1c ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required,
e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar

Pavel Stehule
2012-01-23 23:25:04 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
4993a49b7c Typo fix
Guillaume Lelarge
2012-01-22 22:34:28 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
356fddfa0f Get rid of itemizedlist inside table
This renders badly on the website, and in this particular case also
doesn't actually add anything to the readability...
2012-01-20 12:30:19 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
a65023e7de Further doc cleanups from the pg_stat_activity changes
Fujii Masao
2012-01-20 12:23:26 +01:00
Robert Haas
6e3323d41d Triggered change notifications.
Kevin Grittner, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Álvaro Herrera
2012-01-19 23:15:15 -05:00
Robert Haas
c8397bd6d9 Clarify that bgwriter no longer handles checkpoints.
Text by Peter Geoghegan.
2012-01-19 21:53:46 -05:00
Robert Haas
cc53a1e7cc Add bitwise AND, OR, and NOT operators for macaddr data type.
Brendan Jurd, reviewed by Fujii Masao
2012-01-19 15:25:14 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
4f42b546fd Separate state from query string in pg_stat_activity
This separates the state (running/idle/idleintransaction etc) into
it's own field ("state"), and leaves the query field containing just
query text.

The query text will now mean "current query" when a query is running
and "last query" in other states. Accordingly,the field has been
renamed from current_query to query.

Since backwards compatibility was broken anyway to make that, the procpid
field has also been renamed to pid - along with the same field in
pg_stat_replication for consistency.

Scott Mead and Magnus Hagander, review work from Greg Smith
2012-01-19 14:19:20 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fa352d662e Make pg_relation_size() and friends return NULL if the object doesn't exist.
That avoids errors when the functions are used in queries like "SELECT
pg_relation_size(oid) FROM pg_class", and a table is dropped concurrently.

Phil Sorber
2012-01-19 13:06:30 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
6f6b46c9c0 PL/Python: Update example
Change the usesavedplan() example to use a more modern Python style
using the .setdefault() function.
2012-01-18 21:02:09 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
3b11247aad Disallow merging ONLY constraints in children tables
When creating a child table, or when attaching an existing table as
child of another, we must not allow inheritable constraints to be
merged with non-inheritable ones, because then grandchildren would not
properly get the constraint.  This would violate the grandparent's
expectations.

Bugs noted by Robert Haas.

Author: Nikhil Sontakke
2012-01-16 19:27:05 -03:00
Magnus Hagander
0495aaad8b Allow a user to kill his own queries using pg_cancel_backend()
Allows a user to use pg_cancel_queries() to cancel queries in
other backends if they are running under the same role.
pg_terminate_backend() still requires superuser permissoins.

Short patch, many authors working on the bikeshed: Magnus Hagander,
Josh Kupershmidt, Edward Muller, Greg Smith.
2012-01-15 15:34:40 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
00c5f55061 Make superuser imply replication privilege. The idea of a privilege that
superuser doesn't have doesn't make much sense, as a superuser can do
whatever he wants through other means, anyway. So instead of granting
replication privilege to superusers in CREATE USER time by default, allow
replication connection from superusers whether or not they have the
replication privilege.

Patch by Noah Misch, per discussion on bug report #6264
2012-01-14 18:22:16 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
a9f2e31cf6 Support CREATE TABLE (LIKE ...) with foreign tables and views
Composite types are not yet supported, because parserOpenTable()
rejects them.
2012-01-10 21:46:29 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
743ed082ac Add compatibility note about grant options on GRANT reference page
Point out in the compatibility section that granting grant options to
PUBLIC is not supported by PostgreSQL.  This is already mentioned
earlier, but since it concerns the information schema, it might be
worth pointing out explicitly as a compatibility issue.
2012-01-09 21:10:50 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
db49517c62 Rename the internal structures of the CREATE TABLE (LIKE ...) facility
The original implementation of this interpreted it as a kind of
"inheritance" facility and named all the internal structures
accordingly.  This turned out to be very confusing, because it has
nothing to do with the INHERITS feature.  So rename all the internal
parser infrastructure, update the comments, adjust the error messages,
and split up the regression tests.
2012-01-07 23:02:33 +02:00
Tom Lane
7a72efda72 Fix typo, pg_types_date.h => pgtypes_date.h.
Spotted by Koizumi Satoru.
2012-01-06 13:31:37 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
104e7dac28 Improve ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT with nonexistent constraint
ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT on a nonexistent constraint name did
not report any error.  Now it reports an error.  The IF EXISTS option
was added to get the usual behavior of ignoring nonexistent objects to
drop.
2012-01-05 19:48:55 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
63876d3bac Support for building with MS Visual Studio 2010.
Brar Piening, reviewed by Craig Ringer.
2012-01-03 08:44:26 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
e126958c2e Update copyright notices for year 2012. 2012-01-01 18:01:58 -05:00
Simon Riggs
64233902d2 Send new protocol keepalive messages to standby servers.
Allows streaming replication users to calculate transfer latency
and apply delay via internal functions. No external functions yet.
2011-12-31 13:30:26 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
7db101c36e Minor enhancements to MVCC chapter
Author: Erik Rijkers
2011-12-26 19:09:50 -03:00
Tom Lane
472d3935a2 Rethink representation of index clauses' mapping to index columns.
In commit e2c2c2e8b1 I made use of nested
list structures to show which clauses went with which index columns, but
on reflection that's a data structure that only an old-line Lisp hacker
could love.  Worse, it adds unnecessary complication to the many places
that don't much care which clauses go with which index columns.  Revert
to the previous arrangement of flat lists of clauses, and instead add a
parallel integer list of column numbers.  The places that care about the
pairing can chase both lists with forboth(), while the places that don't
care just examine one list the same as before.

The only real downside to this is that there are now two more lists that
need to be passed to amcostestimate functions in case they care about
column matching (which btcostestimate does, so not passing the info is not
an option).  Rather than deal with 11-argument amcostestimate functions,
pass just the IndexPath and expect the functions to extract fields from it.
That gets us down to 7 arguments which is better than 11, and it seems
more future-proof against likely additions to the information we keep
about an index path.
2011-12-24 19:03:21 -05:00
Robert Haas
d5448c7d31 Add bytea_agg, parallel to string_agg.
Pavel Stehule
2011-12-23 08:40:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
0510b62d91 Typo fixes.
All noted by Jaime Casanova.
2011-12-22 17:57:17 -05:00
Robert Haas
0e4611c023 Add a security_barrier option for views.
When a view is marked as a security barrier, it will not be pulled up
into the containing query, and no quals will be pushed down into it,
so that no function or operator chosen by the user can be applied to
rows not exposed by the view.  Views not configured with this
option cannot provide robust row-level security, but will perform far
better.

Patch by KaiGai Kohei; original problem report by Heikki Linnakangas
(in October 2009!).  Review (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch and
others.  Design advice by Tom Lane and myself.  Further review and
cleanup by me.
2011-12-22 16:16:31 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f90dd28062 Add ALTER DOMAIN ... RENAME
You could already rename domains using ALTER TYPE, but with this new
command it is more consistent with how other commands treat domains as
a subcategory of types.
2011-12-22 22:43:56 +02:00
Robert Haas
e1042a3484 sepgsql: Check CREATE permissions for some object types.
KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Dimitri Fontaine and me.
2011-12-21 09:14:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
729205571e Add support for privileges on types
This adds support for the more or less SQL-conforming USAGE privilege
on types and domains.  The intent is to be able restrict which users
can create dependencies on types, which restricts the way in which
owners can alter types.

reviewed by Yeb Havinga
2011-12-20 00:05:19 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
61d81bd28d Allow CHECK constraints to be declared ONLY
This makes them enforceable only on the parent table, not on children
tables.  This is useful in various situations, per discussion involving
people bitten by the restrictive behavior introduced in 8.4.

Message-Id:
8762mp93iw.fsf@comcast.net
CAFaPBrSMMpubkGf4zcRL_YL-AERUbYF_-ZNNYfb3CVwwEqc9TQ@mail.gmail.com

Authors: Nikhil Sontakke, Alex Hunsaker
Reviewed by Robert Haas and myself
2011-12-19 17:30:23 -03:00
Tom Lane
9220362493 Teach SP-GiST to do index-only scans.
Operator classes can specify whether or not they support this; this
preserves the flexibility to use lossy representations within an index.

In passing, move constant data about a given index into the rd_amcache
cache area, instead of doing fresh lookups each time we start an index
operation.  This is mainly to try to make sure that spgcanreturn() has
insignificant cost; I still don't have any proof that it matters for
actual index accesses.  Also, get rid of useless copying of FmgrInfo
pointers; we can perfectly well use the relcache's versions in-place.
2011-12-19 14:58:41 -05:00
Tom Lane
3695a55513 Replace simple constant pg_am.amcanreturn with an AM support function.
The need for this was debated when we put in the index-only-scan feature,
but at the time we had no near-term expectation of having AMs that could
support such scans for only some indexes; so we kept it simple.  However,
the SP-GiST AM forces the issue, so let's fix it.

This patch only installs the new API; no behavior actually changes.
2011-12-18 15:50:37 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
153c8dbd8c Remove tabs in SGML file. 2011-12-18 08:32:58 -05:00
Tom Lane
8daeb5ddd6 Add SP-GiST (space-partitioned GiST) index access method.
SP-GiST is comparable to GiST in flexibility, but supports non-balanced
partitioned search structures rather than balanced trees.  As described at
PGCon 2011, this new indexing structure can beat GiST in both index build
time and query speed for search problems that it is well matched to.

There are a number of areas that could still use improvement, but at this
point the code seems committable.

Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov, with considerable revisions by Tom Lane
2011-12-17 16:42:30 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
19fc0fe3ae Same clarification for pg_restore. 2011-12-17 13:12:01 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
8900f663f2 Clarify the post-data status on unvalidated check constraints.
Per gripe from Thom Brown.
2011-12-17 12:38:40 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
a4cd6abcc9 Add --section option to pg_dump and pg_restore.
Valid values are --pre-data, data and post-data. The option can be
given more than once. --schema-only is equivalent to
--section=pre-data --section=post-data. --data-only is equivalent
to --section=data.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Joachim Wieland and Josh Berkus.
2011-12-16 19:09:38 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4b43b48c9f Fix reference to "verify-ca" and "verify-full" in a note in the docs. 2011-12-16 15:07:46 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
6d09b2105f include_if_exists facility for config file.
This works the same as include, except that an error is not thrown
if the file is missing. Instead the fact that it's missing is
logged.

Greg Smith, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2011-12-15 19:40:58 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
fb0eca0695 Fix docs build I inadvertantly broke. 2011-12-14 16:49:20 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
7b070e896c Add --exclude-table-data option to pg_dump.
Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Josh Berkus, Robert Haas and Peter Geoghegan.

This allows dumping of a table definition but not its data, on a per table basis.
Table name patterns are supported just as for --exclude-table.
2011-12-14 09:23:17 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4adead1d22 Add support for passing cursor parameters in named notation in PL/pgSQL.
Yeb Havinga, reviewed by Kevin Grittner, with small changes by me.
2011-12-14 15:55:37 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
5bcf8ede45 Add ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER / RENAME and ALTER SERVER / RENAME 2011-12-09 20:42:30 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
16d8e594ac Remove spclocation field from pg_tablespace
Instead, add a function pg_tablespace_location(oid) used to return
the same information, and do this by reading the symbolic link.

Doing it this way makes it possible to relocate a tablespace when the
database is down by simply changing the symbolic link.
2011-12-07 10:37:33 +01:00
Tom Lane
c6e3ac11b6 Create a "sort support" interface API for faster sorting.
This patch creates an API whereby a btree index opclass can optionally
provide non-SQL-callable support functions for sorting.  In the initial
patch, we only use this to provide a directly-callable comparator function,
which can be invoked with a bit less overhead than the traditional
SQL-callable comparator.  While that should be of value in itself, the real
reason for doing this is to provide a datatype-extensible framework for
more aggressive optimizations, as in Peter Geoghegan's recent work.

Robert Haas and Tom Lane
2011-12-07 00:19:39 -05:00
Robert Haas
68281e0054 Make command-line tools smarter about finding a DB to connect to.
If unable to connect to "postgres", try "template1".  This allows things to
work more smoothly in the case where the postgres database has been
dropped.  And just in case that's not good enough, also allow the user to
specify a maintenance database to be used for the initial connection, to
cover the case where neither postgres nor template1 is suitable.
2011-12-06 08:48:15 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
6ef4ae1d4e Add missing documentation for function pg_stat_get_wal_senders()
Euler Taveira de Oliveira
2011-12-06 11:02:02 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
0e8f6bf0e7 In pg_upgrade, allow tables using regclass to be upgraded because we
preserve pg_class oids since PG 9.0.
2011-12-05 16:45:19 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
89e850e6fd plpython: Add SPI cursor support
Add a function plpy.cursor that is similar to plpy.execute but uses an
SPI cursor to avoid fetching the entire result set into memory.

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Steve Singer
2011-12-05 19:52:15 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
e6d9e2106f Add a \setenv command to psql.
This can be used to set (or unset) environment variables that will
affect programs called by psql (such as the PAGER), probably most
usefully in a .psqlrc file.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Josh Kupershmidt.
2011-12-04 11:43:38 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
eb06416ba4 Remove incorrect instructions to run CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
The CREATE EXTENSION step does this automatically. Doing it again will
cause an error.
2011-12-04 16:59:24 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
155e56bd97 Update documentation suggestions for debugging the backend.
Tom Lane, with minor adjustments by me.
2011-12-02 17:09:56 -05:00
Tom Lane
0de93a9c69 Add some weasel wording about threaded usage of PGresults.
PGresults used to be read-only from the application's viewpoint, but now
that we've exposed various functions that allow modification of a PGresult,
that sweeping statement is no longer accurate.  Noted by Dmitriy Igrishin.
2011-12-02 11:33:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
15a5006aac Clarify documentation about SQL:2008 variant of LIMIT/OFFSET syntax.
The point that you need parentheses for non-constant expressions apparently
needs to be brought out a bit more clearly, per bug #6315.
2011-12-01 16:38:59 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
1be6f93792 Add file-fdw documentation example.
Josh Berkus
2011-12-01 09:33:59 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ebbcba75b4 Add documentation mention that 7 != NULL also returns NULL. 2011-12-01 09:17:51 -05:00
Tom Lane
bc9306f4c5 Update information about configuring SysV IPC parameters on NetBSD.
Per Emmanuel Kasper, sysctl works fine as of NetBSD 5.0.
2011-11-30 20:55:00 -05:00
Tom Lane
56d609c3b1 Draft release notes for 9.1.2, 9.0.6, 8.4.10, 8.3.17, 8.2.23. 2011-11-30 19:34:47 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
99f5e47df5 Change installation docs to mention general debugging options. 2011-11-29 22:35:48 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
2ff36abeec In docs, suggest "-O0 -g" only if using a debugger. 2011-11-29 19:12:38 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
b60f37bf44 Suggest configure options for server developers.
Greg Smith
2011-11-29 16:32:38 -05:00
Tom Lane
5943d40168 Remove erroneous claim about use of pg_locks.objid for advisory locks.
The correct information appears in the text, so just remove the statement
in the table, where it did not fit nicely anyway.  (Curiously, the correct
info has been there much longer than the erroneous table entry.)
Resolves problem noted by Daniele Varrazzo.

In HEAD and 9.1, also do a bit of wordsmithing on other text on the page.
2011-11-28 13:51:58 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
64aea1ebc7 Add libpq connection option to disable SSL compression
This can be used to remove the overhead of SSL compression on
fast networks.

Laurenz Albe
2011-11-28 13:13:42 +01:00
Tom Lane
9ed439a9c0 Fix unsupported options in CREATE TABLE ... AS EXECUTE.
The WITH [NO] DATA option was not supported, nor the ability to specify
replacement column names; the former limitation wasn't even documented, as
per recent complaint from Naoya Anzai.  Fix by moving the responsibility
for supporting these options into the executor.  It actually takes less
code this way ...

catversion bump due to change in representation of IntoClause, which might
affect stored rules.
2011-11-24 23:21:45 -05:00
Tom Lane
604d4c4c95 Some more editing of the range-types documentation.
Be more thorough about specifying the expectations for canonical and
subtype_diff functions, and move that info to the same place.
2011-11-23 19:13:56 -05:00
Tom Lane
74c1723fc8 Remove user-selectable ANALYZE option for range types.
It's not clear that a per-datatype typanalyze function would be any more
useful than a generic typanalyze for ranges.  What *is* clear is that
letting unprivileged users select typanalyze functions is a crash risk or
worse.  So remove the option from CREATE TYPE AS RANGE, and instead put in
a generic typanalyze function for ranges.  The generic function does
nothing as yet, but hopefully we'll improve that before 9.2 release.
2011-11-23 00:03:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
df73584431 Remove zero- and one-argument range constructor functions.
Per discussion, the zero-argument forms aren't really worth the catalog
space (just write 'empty' instead).  The one-argument forms have some use,
but they also have a serious problem with looking too much like functional
cast notation; to the point where in many real use-cases, the parser would
misinterpret what was wanted.

Committing this as a separate patch, with the thought that we might want
to revert part or all of it if we can think of some way around the cast
ambiguity.
2011-11-22 20:45:05 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
024ea25ccd Small markup and wording improvement 2011-11-22 21:14:53 +02:00
Tom Lane
b985d48779 Further code review for range types patch.
Fix some bugs in coercion logic and pg_dump; more comment cleanup;
minor cosmetic improvements.
2011-11-20 23:50:27 -05:00
Tom Lane
a1a233af66 Further review of range-types patch.
Lots of documentation cleanup today, and still more type_sanity tests.
2011-11-18 18:24:32 -05:00
Tom Lane
1a8b9fb549 Extend the unknowns-are-same-as-known-inputs type resolution heuristic.
For a very long time, one of the parser's heuristics for resolving
ambiguous operator calls has been to assume that unknown-type literals are
of the same type as the other input (if it's known).  However, this was
only used in the first step of quickly checking for an exact-types match,
and thus did not help in resolving matches that require coercion, such as
matches to polymorphic operators.  As we add more polymorphic operators,
this becomes more of a problem.  This patch adds another use of the same
heuristic as a last-ditch check before failing to resolve an ambiguous
operator or function call.  In particular this will let us define the range
inclusion operator in a less limited way (to come in a follow-on patch).
2011-11-17 18:28:41 -05:00
Robert Haas
67dc4eed42 Remove ancient downcasing code from procedural language operations.
A very long time ago, language names were specified as literals rather
than identifiers, so this code was added to do case-folding.  But that
style has ben deprecated for many years so this isn't needed any more.
Language names will still be downcased when specified as unquoted
identifiers, but quoted identifiers or the old style using string
literals will be left as-is.
2011-11-17 14:25:18 -05:00
Tom Lane
4f9e33063c Return NULL instead of throwing error when desired bound is not available.
Change range_lower and range_upper to return NULL rather than throwing an
error when the input range is empty or the relevant bound is infinite.  Per
discussion, throwing an error seems likely to be unduly hard to work with.
Also, this is more consistent with the behavior of the constructors, which
treat NULL as meaning an infinite bound.
2011-11-14 15:34:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
851c83fc81 Return FALSE instead of throwing error for comparisons with empty ranges.
Change range_before, range_after, range_adjacent to return false rather
than throwing an error when one or both input ranges are empty.

The original definition is unnecessarily difficult to use, and also can
result in undesirable planner failures since the planner could try to
compare an empty range to something else while deriving statistical
estimates.  (This was, in fact, the cause of repeatable regression test
failures on buildfarm member jaguar, as well as intermittent failures
elsewhere.)

Also tweak rangetypes regression test to not drop all the objects it
creates, so that the final state of the regression database contains
some rangetype objects for pg_dump testing.
2011-11-14 15:15:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
95d2af1646 Add psql expanded auto mode
This adds the "auto" option to the \x command, which switches to the
expanded mode when the normal output would be wider than the screen.

reviewed by Noah Misch
2011-11-12 17:03:10 +02:00
Robert Haas
788cb1c2e8 Correct documentation for trace_userlocks. 2011-11-10 18:00:34 -05:00
Robert Haas
71b2b657c0 Revert removal of trace_userlocks, because userlocks aren't gone.
This reverts commit 0180bd6180.
contrib/userlock is gone, but user-level locking still exists,
and is exposed via the pg_advisory* family of functions.
2011-11-10 17:54:27 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
d5873b6359 Document that PQexec() can handle a NULL res pointer just fine.
Backpatch to 9.1.

Mark Hills
2011-11-10 13:00:44 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fbf99d2f16 Adjust range type docs for some last-minute changes I made to the patch.
non_empty(anyrange) function was removed, empty(anyrange) was renamed to
isempty(anyrange), and !? operators were removed.
2011-11-08 09:42:32 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
6477d66780 -DLINUX_OOM_ADJ=0 should be in CPPFLAGS, not CFLAGS 2011-11-08 06:49:50 +02:00
Robert Haas
b60653bc0b Remove hstore's text => text operator.
Since PostgreSQL 9.0, we've emitted a warning message when an operator
named => is created, because the SQL standard now reserves that token
for another use.  But we've also shipped such an operator with hstore.
Use of the function hstore(text, text) has been recommended in
preference to =>(text, text).  Per discussion, it's now time to take
the next step and stop shipping the operator.  This will allow us to
prohibit the use of => as an operator name in a future release if and
when we wish to support the SQL standard use of this token.

The release notes should mention this incompatibility.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Wheeler, Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane.
2011-11-07 21:47:45 -05:00
Robert Haas
bd2396988a Minor grammar improvements. 2011-11-07 12:27:26 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
27ef415a71 Fix archive_command example
The given archive_command example didn't use %p or %f, which wouldn't
really work in practice.
2011-11-04 22:01:35 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
39b2d9ffb0 Add note about using GNU tar warning options for base backups 2011-11-04 21:52:37 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
f66c8252ab Role membership of superusers is only by explicit membership for HBA.
Document that this rule applies to 'samerole' as well as to named roles.

Per gripe from Tom Lane.
2011-11-03 16:29:41 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
94cd0f1ad8 Do not treat a superuser as a member of every role for HBA purposes.
This makes it possible to use reject lines with group roles.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewd by Robert Haas.
2011-11-03 12:45:02 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4429f6a9e3 Support range data types.
Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators,
which is a TODO.

Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 13:42:15 +02:00
Simon Riggs
4334289186 Improve docs for timing and skipping of checkpoints
Greg Smith
2011-11-03 08:52:20 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
589adb86ee Document that multiple LDAP servers can be specified 2011-11-01 15:44:26 +01:00
Robert Haas
9cf12dfd4e Clarify that ORDER BY/FOR UPDATE can't malfunction at higher iso levels.
Kevin Grittner
2011-10-28 12:02:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
6c21105fb4 Change "and and" to "and".
Report by Vik Reykja, patch by Kevin Grittner.
2011-10-28 11:59:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
bf82013631 Typo fixes.
expect -> except, noted by Andrew Dunstan.  Also, "cannot" seems more
readable here than "can not", per David Wheeler.
2011-10-26 18:04:13 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
d9bae53173 Implement streaming xlog for backup tools
Add option for parallel streaming of the transaction log while a
base backup is running, to get the logfiles before the server has
removed them.

Also add a tool called pg_receivexlog, which streams the transaction
log into files, creating a log archive without having to wait for
segments to complete, thus decreasing the window of data loss without
having to waste space using archive_timeout. This works best in
combination with archive_command - suggested usage docs etc coming later.
2011-10-26 20:13:33 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
b0bec068e2 Fix typo 2011-10-25 22:46:14 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
d8ea33f2c0 Support configurable eventlog application names on Windows
This allows different instances to use the eventlog with different
identifiers, by setting the event_source GUC, similar to how
syslog_ident works.

Original patch by MauMau, heavily modified by Magnus Hagander
2011-10-25 20:02:55 +02:00
Tom Lane
bb446b689b Support synchronization of snapshots through an export/import procedure.
A transaction can export a snapshot with pg_export_snapshot(), and then
others can import it with SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT.  The data does not
leave the server so there are not security issues.  A snapshot can only
be imported while the exporting transaction is still running, and there
are some other restrictions.

I'm not totally convinced that we've covered all the bases for SSI (true
serializable) mode, but it works fine for lesser isolation modes.

Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Marko Tiikkaja, and rather heavily modified
by Tom Lane
2011-10-22 18:23:30 -04:00
Robert Haas
3716ab2c0c Document that postmaster.opts is excluded from base backups
Fujii Masao
2011-10-19 00:20:21 -04:00
Robert Haas
c53d3a9ee1 Make the CHECKPOINT reference page more clear.
Josh Kupershmidt, reviewed by Fujii Masao
2011-10-18 20:14:51 -04:00
Tom Lane
336c1d7a51 Avoid assuming that index-only scan data matches the index's rowtype.
In general the data returned by an index-only scan should have the
datatypes originally computed by FormIndexDatum.  If the index opclasses
use "storage" datatypes different from their input datatypes, the scan
tuple will not have the same rowtype attributed to the index; but we had
a hard-wired assumption that that was true in nodeIndexonlyscan.c.  We'd
already hacked around the issue for the one case where the types are
different in btree indexes (btree name_ops), but this would definitely
come back to bite us if we ever implement index-only scans in GiST.

To fix, require the index AM to explicitly provide the tupdesc for the
tuple it is returning.  btree can just pass back the index's tupdesc, but
GiST will have to work harder when and if it supports index-only scans.

I had previously proposed fixing this by allowing the index AM to fill the
scan tuple slot directly; but on reflection that seemed like a module
layering violation, since TupleTableSlots are creatures of the executor.
At least in the btree case, it would also be less efficient, since the
tuple deconstruction work would occur even for rows later found to be
invisible to the scan's snapshot.
2011-10-16 19:15:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
9e8da0f757 Teach btree to handle ScalarArrayOpExpr quals natively.
This allows "indexedcol op ANY(ARRAY[...])" conditions to be used in plain
indexscans, and particularly in index-only scans.
2011-10-16 15:39:24 -04:00
Tom Lane
0898d71f66 Marginal improvements to documentation of plpgsql's OPEN cursor statement.
Rearrange text to improve clarity, and add an example of implicit reference
to a plpgsql variable in a bound cursor's query.  Byproduct of some work
I'd done on the "named cursor parameters" patch before giving up on it.
2011-10-15 13:02:37 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b4aec388d8 Document that is the psql version number, not the server version number,
that controls .psqlrc.
2011-10-15 11:43:19 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
2deba6d405 Improve doc wording of drop table permission. 2011-10-15 10:08:02 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
2795592e52 Allow a major PG version psql .psqlrc file to be used if a minor
matching version file does not exist.  This avoids needing to rename
.psqlrc files after minor version upgrades.
2011-10-14 20:27:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
e6858e6657 Measure the number of all-visible pages for use in index-only scan costing.
Add a column pg_class.relallvisible to remember the number of pages that
were all-visible according to the visibility map as of the last VACUUM
(or ANALYZE, or some other operations that update pg_class.relpages).
Use relallvisible/relpages, instead of an arbitrary constant, to estimate
how many heap page fetches can be avoided during an index-only scan.

This is pretty primitive and will no doubt see refinements once we've
acquired more field experience with the index-only scan mechanism, but
it's way better than using a constant.

Note: I had to adjust an underspecified query in the window.sql regression
test, because it was changing answers when the plan changed to use an
index-only scan.  Some of the adjacent tests perhaps should be adjusted
as well, but I didn't do that here.
2011-10-14 17:23:46 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ad30d36642 Document actual string that has to be returned by the client for MD5
authentication.

Report and pseudo code by Cyan Ogilvie
2011-10-13 20:48:50 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0180bd6180 Remove all "traces" of trace_userlocks, because userlocks were removed
in PG 8.2.
2011-10-13 19:59:57 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
fb4340c5ea Update documentation about ts_rank(). 2011-10-13 14:17:20 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
12ff9fa771 Have pg_ctl return an exit status of 3 if the server is not running, to
match the Linux Standard Base Core Specification 3.1.

Aaron W. Swenson
2011-10-13 13:02:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
de1bf53a25 Fix typo in dummy_seclabel documentation.
dummy_label -> dummy_seclabel

Thom Brown
2011-10-13 12:16:07 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
cf72528e87 Document who can drop a table (owner and user with permissions). 2011-10-13 10:05:54 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
4c32f81766 Remove tab in sgml file. 2011-10-13 09:33:29 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e0b268fb82 Document how to accent Alvaro Herrera in the release notes. 2011-10-12 17:20:05 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f2b36d8e10 Clarify wording of foreign key documentation to mention null entries as
not matching the primary key.

Report from Marek.Balgar@seznam.cz
2011-10-12 16:58:39 -04:00
Tom Lane
458857cc9d Throw a useful error message if an extension script file is fed to psql.
We have seen one too many reports of people trying to use 9.1 extension
files in the old-fashioned way of sourcing them in psql.  Not only does
that usually not work (due to failure to substitute for MODULE_PATHNAME
and/or @extschema@), but if it did work they'd get a collection of loose
objects not an extension.  To prevent this, insert an \echo ... \quit
line that prints a suitable error message into each extension script file,
and teach commands/extension.c to ignore lines starting with \echo.
That should not only prevent any adverse consequences of loading a script
file the wrong way, but make it crystal clear to users that they need to
do it differently now.

Tom Lane, following an idea of Andrew Dunstan's.  Back-patch into 9.1
... there is not going to be much value in this if we wait till 9.2.
2011-10-12 15:45:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e0d273500a Modify up/home macro to match standard parameter list; fixes doc build. 2011-10-12 14:05:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
80c6409c2b Improve documentation of psql's \q command.
The documentation neglected to explain its behavior in a script file
(it only ends execution of the script, not psql as a whole), and failed
to mention the long form \quit either.
2011-10-12 13:59:30 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b8691d838b Add Up/Home link to the top of the HTML doc output.
Backpatch to 9.0.X and 9.1.X.
2011-10-12 11:24:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
47cacfc0f1 Document that not backing up postmaster.pid and postmaster.opts might
help prevent pg_ctl from getting confused.

Backpatch to 9.1.
2011-10-11 17:33:20 -04:00
Robert Haas
5b9102cef2 Make the reference to "CREATE USER" in the CREATE ROLE page a link.
This might help to avoid confusion between the CREATE USER command,
and the deprecated CREATEUSER option to CREATE ROLE, as per a recent
complaint from Ron Adams.  At any rate, having a cross-link here
seems like a good idea; two commands that are so similar should
reference each other.
2011-10-10 13:38:32 -04:00
Robert Haas
e8bb5f7245 Improve documentation of how to fiddle with SCSI drives on FreeBSD.
Per suggestions from Achilleas Mantzios and Greg Smith.
2011-10-10 13:21:35 -04:00
Robert Haas
322019ed2e Fix typo in docs for libpq keepalives_count option.
Shigehiro Honda
2011-10-10 13:10:47 -04:00
Robert Haas
48a62278ed Add doc index entry for pg_resetxlog.
Fujii Masao
2011-10-10 13:05:25 -04:00
Robert Haas
61dd737c29 Document DELETE/UPDATE command tag behavior when triggers are involved.
Marti Raudsepp
2011-10-10 12:53:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
0ff7ea5d3c Some minor wordsmithing for the cascading replication documentation.
Per report from Thom Brown.
2011-10-10 10:16:28 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0dc3f57ba0 In pg_upgrade, add -o/-O options to pass parameters to the servers, and
document its use for config-only directory installs.
2011-10-10 07:44:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
cbfa92c23c Improve index-only scans to avoid repeated access to the index page.
We copy all the matched tuples off the page during _bt_readpage, instead of
expensively re-locking the page during each subsequent tuple fetch.  This
costs a bit more local storage, but not more than 2*BLCKSZ worth, and the
reduction in LWLock traffic is certainly worth that.  What's more, this
lets us get rid of the API wart in the original patch that said an index AM
could randomly decline to supply an index tuple despite having asserted
pg_am.amcanreturn.  That will be important for future improvements in the
index-only-scan feature, since the executor will now be able to rely on
having the index data available.
2011-10-09 00:21:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
c78d8cd146 Note that index-only scans can affect idx_tup_fetch.
An index-only scan that avoids heap fetches will increment idx_tup_read
but not idx_tup_fetch.
2011-10-08 11:09:18 -04:00
Robert Haas
13168ae4eb Add missing space.
Dickson S. Guedes
2011-10-07 23:48:38 -04:00
Tom Lane
a2822fb933 Support index-only scans using the visibility map to avoid heap fetches.
When a btree index contains all columns required by the query, and the
visibility map shows that all tuples on a target heap page are
visible-to-all, we don't need to fetch that heap page.  This patch depends
on the previous patches that made the visibility map reliable.

There's a fair amount left to do here, notably trying to figure out a less
chintzy way of estimating the cost of an index-only scan, but the core
functionality seems ready to commit.

Robert Haas and Ibrar Ahmed, with some previous work by Heikki Linnakangas.
2011-10-07 20:14:13 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
981e5acd24 Move pg_upgrade doc mention of the port numbers to the same place. 2011-10-06 19:31:20 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
aaa6e1def2 Add postmaster -C option to query configuration parameters, and have
pg_ctl use that to query the data directory for config-only installs.
This fixes awkward or impossible pg_ctl operation for config-only
installs.
2011-10-06 09:38:39 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
3919ad864d Change wording for COALESCE docs to use "otherwise".
Per Tom
2011-10-04 22:39:29 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9d23d7cdaf Explain COALESCE example in the docs. 2011-10-04 21:47:51 -04:00
Tom Lane
1a00c0ef53 Remove the custom_variable_classes parameter.
This variable provides only marginal error-prevention capability (since
it can only check the prefix of a qualified GUC name), and the consensus
is that that isn't worth the amount of hassle that maintaining the setting
creates for DBAs.  So, let's just remove it.

With this commit, the system will silently accept a value for any qualified
GUC name at all, whether it has anything to do with any known extension or
not.  (Unqualified names still have to match known built-in settings,
though; and you will get a WARNING at extension load time if there's an
unrecognized setting with that extension's prefix.)

There's still some discussion ongoing about whether to tighten that up and
if so how; but if we do come up with a solution, it's not likely to look
anything like custom_variable_classes.
2011-10-04 12:36:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
d56b3afc03 Restructure error handling in reading of postgresql.conf.
This patch has two distinct purposes: to report multiple problems in
postgresql.conf rather than always bailing out after the first one,
and to change the policy for whether changes are applied when there are
unrelated errors in postgresql.conf.

Formerly the policy was to apply no changes if any errors could be
detected, but that had a significant consistency problem, because in some
cases specific values might be seen as valid by some processes but invalid
by others.  This meant that the latter processes would fail to adopt
changes in other parameters even though the former processes had done so.

The new policy is that during SIGHUP, the file is rejected as a whole
if there are any errors in the "name = value" syntax, or if any lines
attempt to set nonexistent built-in parameters, or if any lines attempt
to set custom parameters whose prefix is not listed in (the new value of)
custom_variable_classes.  These tests should always give the same results
in all processes, and provide what seems a reasonably robust defense
against loading values from badly corrupted config files.  If these tests
pass, all processes will apply all settings that they individually see as
good, ignoring (but logging) any they don't.

In addition, the postmaster does not abandon reading a configuration file
after the first syntax error, but continues to read the file and report
syntax errors (up to a maximum of 100 syntax errors per file).

The postmaster will still refuse to start up if the configuration file
contains any errors at startup time, but these changes allow multiple
errors to be detected and reported before quitting.

Alexey Klyukin, reviewed by Andy Colson and av (Alexander ?)
with some additional hacking by Tom Lane
2011-10-02 16:50:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
5ec6b7f1b8 Improve generated column names for cases involving sub-SELECTs.
We'll now use "exists" for EXISTS(SELECT ...), "array" for ARRAY(SELECT
...), or the sub-select's own result column name for a simple expression
sub-select.  Previously, you usually got "?column?" in such cases.

Marti Raudsepp, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiugchi
2011-10-01 14:01:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
d22a09dc70 Support GiST index support functions that want to cache data across calls.
pg_trgm was already doing this unofficially, but the implementation hadn't
been thought through very well and leaked memory.  Restructure the core
GiST code so that it actually works, and document it.  Ordinarily this
would have required an extra memory context creation/destruction for each
GiST index search, but I was able to avoid that in the normal case of a
non-rescanned search by finessing the handling of the RBTree.  It used to
have its own context always, but now shares a context with the
scan-lifespan data structures, unless there is more than one rescan call.
This should make the added overhead unnoticeable in typical cases.
2011-09-30 19:48:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
a32dd16459 Update and extend the EXPLAIN-related documentation.
I've made a significant effort at filling in the "Using EXPLAIN" section
to be reasonably complete about mentioning everything that EXPLAIN can
output, including the "Rows Removed" outputs that were added by Marko
Tiikkaja's recent documentation-free patch.  I also updated the examples to
be consistent with current behavior; several of them were not close to what
the current code will do.  No doubt there's more that can be done here, but
I'm out of patience for today.
2011-09-28 19:39:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
cc4ff8742b Take sepgsql regression tests out of the regular regression test mechanism.
Because these tests require root privileges, not to mention invasive
changes to the security configuration of the host system, it's not
reasonable for them to be invoked by a regular "make check" or "make
installcheck".  Instead, dike out the Makefile's knowledge of the tests,
and change chkselinuxenv (now renamed "test_sepgsql") into a script that
verifies the environment is workable and then runs the tests.  It's
expected that test_sepgsql will only be run manually.

While at it, do some cleanup in the error checking in the script, and
do some wordsmithing in the documentation.
2011-09-27 20:07:15 -04:00
Tom Lane
2a571bc233 Fully const-ify PQconnectdbParams, PQconnectStartParams, and PQpingParams.
The keywords and values arguments of these functions are more properly
declared "const char * const *" than just "const char **".

Lionel Elie Mamane, reviewed by Craig Ringer
2011-09-25 18:52:48 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
0126db2a46 Fix typo 2011-09-24 14:34:32 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
33e81fdfaf Note that sslmode=require verifies the CA if root cert is present
This mode still exists for backwards compatibility, making
sslmode=require the same as sslmode=verify-ca when the file is present,
but not causing an error when it isn't.

Per bug 6189, reported by Srinivas Aji
2011-09-24 14:25:12 +02:00
Robert Haas
a5e94ea52b Document some more apparently-harmless error messages. 2011-09-23 17:02:46 -04:00
Robert Haas
b056b716e2 Add --{no-,}replication flags to createuser.
Fujii Masao, reviewed by Cédric Villemain, with some doc changes by me.
2011-09-23 09:25:20 -04:00
Simon Riggs
e5e2f7b054 synchronous_commit is an enum not a boolean.
Jaime Casanova
2011-09-23 08:35:33 +01:00
Tom Lane
614421f9aa Update release notes for 9.1.1, 9.0.5, 8.4.9, 8.3.16, 8.2.22.
Man, we fixed a lotta bugs since April.
2011-09-22 17:39:05 -04:00
Tom Lane
86a3f2d492 Add FORCE_NOT_NULL support to the file_fdw foreign data wrapper.
This is implemented as a per-column boolean option, rather than trying
to match COPY's convention of a single option listing the column names.

Shigeru Hanada, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei
2011-09-16 16:35:51 -04:00
Tom Lane
e6faf910d7 Redesign the plancache mechanism for more flexibility and efficiency.
Rewrite plancache.c so that a "cached plan" (which is rather a misnomer
at this point) can support generation of custom, parameter-value-dependent
plans, and can make an intelligent choice between using custom plans and
the traditional generic-plan approach.  The specific choice algorithm
implemented here can probably be improved in future, but this commit is
all about getting the mechanism in place, not the policy.

In addition, restructure the API to greatly reduce the amount of extraneous
data copying needed.  The main compromise needed to make that possible was
to split the initial creation of a CachedPlanSource into two steps.  It's
worth noting in particular that SPI_saveplan is now deprecated in favor of
SPI_keepplan, which accomplishes the same end result with zero data
copying, and no need to then spend even more cycles throwing away the
original SPIPlan.  The risk of long-term memory leaks while manipulating
SPIPlans has also been greatly reduced.  Most of this improvement is based
on use of the recently-added MemoryContextSetParent primitive.
2011-09-16 00:43:52 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
76df369c06 In the manual section on primary_conninfo, recommend using a role with
REPLICATION privileges, not SUPERUSER.

Fujii Masao
2011-09-14 09:30:32 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
d68ccf536e Remove double-quoting of table names in clusterdb. BACKWARD COMPABILITY
BREAKAGE.

Remove double-quoting of index/table names in reindexdb.  BACKWARD
COMPABILITY BREAKAGE.

Document thate user/database names are preserved with double-quoting by
command-line tools like vacuumdb.
2011-09-10 16:39:02 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
90108c9aab Document that only user-defined columns are expanded by SELECT *. 2011-09-10 10:45:55 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c79003ea4f Remove unnecessary MATCH FULL specification in example.
Reported by Grzegorz Szpetkowski.
2011-09-10 09:24:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
ca4af308c3 Simplify handling of the timezone GUC by making initdb choose the default.
We were doing some amazingly complicated things in order to avoid running
the very expensive identify_system_timezone() procedure during GUC
initialization.  But there is an obvious fix for that, which is to do it
once during initdb and have initdb install the system-specific default into
postgresql.conf, as it already does for most other GUC variables that need
system-environment-dependent defaults.  This means that the timezone (and
log_timezone) settings no longer have any magic behavior in the server.
Per discussion.
2011-09-09 17:59:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
a7801b62f2 Move Timestamp/Interval typedefs and basic macros into datatype/timestamp.h.
As per my recent proposal, this refactors things so that these typedefs and
macros are available in a header that can be included in frontend-ish code.
I also changed various headers that were undesirably including
utils/timestamp.h to include datatype/timestamp.h instead.  Unsurprisingly,
this showed that half the system was getting utils/timestamp.h by way of
xlog.h.

No actual code changes here, just header refactoring.
2011-09-09 13:23:41 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
86ab71d58d Fix typo and reword the sentence. 2011-09-08 18:17:57 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5edb24a898 Buffering GiST index build algorithm.
When building a GiST index that doesn't fit in cache, buffers are attached
to some internal nodes in the index. This speeds up the build by avoiding
random I/O that would otherwise be needed to traverse all the way down the
tree to the find right leaf page for tuple.

Alexander Korotkov
2011-09-08 17:51:23 +03:00
Tom Lane
09b68c70af One last round of copy-editing for the 9.1 release notes.
Also set the documented release date to 2011-09-12.
2011-09-08 00:53:11 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
3ced32d24e In pg_upgrade, disallow migration of 8.3 clusters using contrib/ltree
because its internal format was changed in 8.4.

Backpatch to 9.0 and 9.1.

Report by depesz, diagnosis by Tom.
2011-09-07 14:43:12 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
029dfdf115 Fix to_date() and to_timestamp() to handle year masks of length < 4 so
they wrap toward year 2020, rather than the inconsistent behavior we had
before.
2011-09-07 09:47:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
8eacb25cbe Revert documentation patch about NEW/OLD and triggers.
Backpatch to 9.0 and 9.1.

Patch from Josh Kupershmidt.
2011-09-07 09:24:34 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
39039e6d7a Properly document the existance of OLD/NEW trigger pl/pgsql trigger
fields.

Backpatch to 9.0 and 9.1.

Report from Pavel Stehule, patch from Josh Kupershmidt
2011-09-06 22:54:16 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d858abfdfd Fix spelling mistake in pgpass documentation change.
Per Peter.
2011-09-06 19:42:46 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a25fc9edcb Add documentation suggestion about adding a comment to the top of
pgpass.

Backpatch to 9.1.
2011-09-06 17:32:53 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
ba3de10c4e Fix plpgsql "PERFORM" markup.
Backpatch to 9.0 and 9.1.
2011-09-06 15:20:59 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6f94280dee Document PERFORM limitation when using WITH queries.
Backpatch to 9.0 and 9.1.

Report from depstein@alliedtesting.com.
2011-09-06 13:42:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
ae92eff6b9 Add an "incompatibility" entry to 9.1 release notes about CREATE EXTENSION.
We've now seen more than one gripe from somebody who didn't get the memo
about how to install contrib modules in 9.1.  Try to make it a little more
prominent that you aren't supposed to call the scripts directly anymore.
2011-09-06 12:36:40 -04:00
Tom Lane
b7f83e70d9 Update type-conversion documentation for long-ago changes.
This example wasn't updated when we changed the behavior of bpcharlen()
in 8.0, nor when we changed the number of parameters taken by the bpchar()
cast function in 7.3.  Per report from lsliang.
2011-09-06 12:14:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d764835bbc Properly document semphore requirements by accounting for worker
processes.

Backpatch to 9.1 and 9.0.

Submitted by Anton Yuzhaninov, confirmed by Robert Haas
2011-09-06 11:08:32 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
5c8676ea71 Add documentation link to strftime supported options. 2011-09-05 22:58:10 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
7cb99b2696 Add mention that UTC really means UT1.
Backpatch to 9.1.
2011-09-05 15:38:37 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d235f828d7 Document that contrib/pgtrgm only processes ASCII alphanumeric
characters.

Backpatch to 9.0 and 9.1.
2011-09-05 13:24:45 -04:00
Robert Haas
4232c4b406 Userspace access vector cache for contrib/sepgsql.
KaiGai Kohei
2011-09-01 08:38:40 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5cfe33fe7b The replication status values in pg_stat_replication was changed to
lowercase earlier, but documentation was not updated. Update the docs.

Fujii Masao
2011-08-31 12:37:37 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
aeabbccea0 Some markup cleanup to deconfuse the find_gt_lt tool
Josh Kupershmidt
2011-08-30 20:32:49 +03:00
Robert Haas
083549e43a Repair brain fade in previous commit, per Josh Kupershmidt. 2011-08-30 12:49:18 -04:00
Robert Haas
7fe33a51b9 Add --if-exists option to dropdb and dropuser.
Josh Kupershmidt, with some further editing by me.
2011-08-30 12:14:39 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f44d275b6d Document minimum required version of DocBook XSL stylesheets 2011-08-27 23:28:55 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
fd5b397ca4 Implement the information schema with_hierarchy column
In PostgreSQL, this is included in the SELECT privilege, so show YES
or NO depending on whether SELECT is granted.
2011-08-27 15:03:02 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
3104cc89be Spelling improvement 2011-08-27 08:08:26 +03:00
Tom Lane
928311a463 Clean up weird corner cases in lexing of psql meta-command arguments.
These changes allow backtick command evaluation and psql variable
interpolation to happen on substrings of a single meta-command argument.
Formerly, no such evaluations happened at all if the backtick or colon
wasn't the first character of the argument, and we considered an argument
completed as soon as we'd processed one backtick, variable reference, or
quoted substring.  A string like 'FOO'BAR was thus taken as two arguments
not one, not exactly what one would expect.  In the new coding, an argument
is considered terminated only by unquoted whitespace or backslash.

Also, clean up a bunch of omissions, infelicities and outright errors in
the psql documentation of variables and metacommand argument syntax.
2011-08-26 13:53:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
e86fdb0ab2 Support non-ASCII letters in psql variable names.
As in the backend, the implementation actually accepts any non-ASCII
character, but we only document that you can use letters.
2011-08-26 13:53:09 -04:00
Robert Haas
6fc726adac Adjust CREATE DOMAIN example for standard_conforming_strings=on.
Noted by Hitoshi Harada.
2011-08-25 09:37:44 -04:00
Tom Lane
d1d388603e Fix pgxs.mk to always add --dbname=$(CONTRIB_TESTDB) to REGRESS_OPTS.
The previous coding resulted in contrib modules unintentionally overriding
the use of CONTRIB_TESTDB.  There seems no particularly good reason to
allow that (after all, the makefile can set CONTRIB_TESTDB if that's really
what it intends).

In passing, document REGRESS_OPTS where the other pgxs.mk options are
documented.

Back-patch to 9.1 --- in prior versions, there were no cases of contrib
modules setting REGRESS_OPTS without including the --dbname switch, so
while the coding was fragile there was no actual bug.
2011-08-24 15:16:50 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6c6a415333 Add recovery.conf to the index in the user manual.
Fujii Masao
2011-08-23 11:57:17 +03:00
Tom Lane
1a998474a7 Update 9.1 release notes to reflect commits through today.
Also do another pass of copy-editing.
2011-08-17 20:18:15 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
e5cb756361 Adjust wording now that estimated size can increase
Per comment form Fujii Masao.
2011-08-17 11:01:06 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
1368409034 MacOS -> Mac OS
Josh Kupershmidt
2011-08-17 10:05:22 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
7431cb251a Fix typo 2011-08-14 10:40:50 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
eb72adc82e Add major features list and introductory text for 9.1 release notes.
Backpatch to 9.1, obviously.
2011-08-11 16:36:56 -04:00
Robert Haas
d82d84864c Display both per-table and per-column FDW options in psql's \d output.
Along the way, rename "Options" to "FDW Options" in various places for
consistency and clarity.

Shigeru Hanada
2011-08-11 11:45:47 -04:00
Robert Haas
59414cdedb Change psql's \dd command to do something more useful.
Instead of displaying comments on an arbitrary subset of the object
types which support them, make \dd display comments on exactly those
object types which don't have their own backlash commands.  We now
regard the display of comments as properly the job of the relevant
backslash command (though many of them do so only in verbose mode)
rather than something that \dd should be responsible for.  However,
a handful of object types have no backlash command, so make \dd
give information about those.

Josh Kupershmidt
2011-08-11 11:16:29 -04:00
Tom Lane
cff75130b5 Remove wal_sender_delay GUC, because it's no longer useful.
The latch infrastructure is now capable of detecting all cases where the
walsender loop needs to wake up, so there is no reason to have an arbitrary
timeout.

Also, modify the walsender loop logic to follow the standard pattern of
ResetLatch, test for work to do, WaitLatch.  The previous coding was both
hard to follow and buggy: it would sometimes busy-loop despite having
nothing available to do, eg between receipt of a signal and the next time
it was caught up with new WAL, and it also had interesting choices like
deciding to update to WALSNDSTATE_STREAMING on the strength of information
known to be obsolete.
2011-08-10 18:50:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
d82a9d2a60 Teach psql to display the comments on SQL/MED objects in verbose mode.
The relevant backslash commands already exist, so we're just adding an
additional column.  With this commit, all objects that have psql backslash
commands and accept comments should now display those comments at least
in verbose mode.

Josh Kupershmidt, with doc additions by me.
2011-08-08 16:30:39 -04:00
Robert Haas
c9ac00e6ec Teach psql to display the comments on conversions and domains.
\dc and \dD now accept a "+" option, which will cause the comments to
be displayed.  Along the way, correct a few oversights in the previous
commit in this area, 3b17efdfdd - namely,
(1) when \dL+ is used, make description still be the last column, for
consistency with what we've done elsewhere; and (2) document the
difference between \dC and \dC+.

Josh Kupershmidt, with a couple of doc changes by me.
2011-08-08 12:26:13 -04:00
Robert Haas
b69f2e3640 Teach vacuumlo to limit number of removals, via new -l option.
Also, handle failure better: don't just blindly keep trying to delete
stuff after the transaction has already failed.

Tim Lewis, reviewed by Josh Kupershmidt, with further hacking by me.
2011-08-08 09:16:45 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
04b17684af Add "Compatibility" section to ALTER EXTENSION reference page
Almost all other pages have one; this one must have been forgotten.
2011-08-07 22:15:38 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
f29a004496 Remove whitespace from end of lines 2011-08-07 16:11:55 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
a559ed5ed6 Rename "Example" sections to "Examples" in dblink chapter
For consistency with other man pages.
2011-08-07 15:51:04 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
6ef2448796 Fix a whitespace issue with the man pages
There is what may actually be a mistake in our markup.  The problem is
in a situation like

<para>
 <command>FOO</command> is ...

there is strictly speaking a line break before "FOO".  In the HTML
output, this does not appear to be a problem, but in the man page
output, this shows up, so you get double blank lines at odd places.

So far, we have attempted to work around this with an XSL hack, but
that causes other problems, such as creating run-ins in places like

<acronym>SQL</acronym> <command>COPY</command>

So fix the problem properly by removing the extra whitespace.  I only
fixed the problems that affect the man page output, not all the
places.
2011-08-07 10:55:32 +03:00
Tom Lane
ffcf5a6c41 Fix thinko in documentation of local_preload_libraries.
Somebody added a cross-reference to shared_preload_libraries, but wrote the
wrong variable name when they did it (and didn't bother to make it a link
either).

Spotted by Christoph Anton Mitterer.
2011-08-05 21:18:02 -04:00
Robert Haas
c4096c7639 Allow per-column foreign data wrapper options.
Shigeru Hanada, with fairly minor editing by me.
2011-08-05 13:24:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
4262e61d64 Fix markup for recent wal_level clarification.
Backpatch to 9.1 and 9.0.
2011-08-04 15:02:02 -04:00
Robert Haas
3b17efdfdd Teach psql to display comments on languages and casts.
The output of \dL (list languages) is fairly narrow, so we just always
display the comment.  \dC (list casts) can get fairly wide, so we only
display comments if the new \dC+ option is specified.

Josh Kupershmidt
2011-08-04 12:22:26 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
38de5aad54 In documentaiton, clarify which commands have reduced WAL volume for
wal_level = minimum.

Backpatch to 9.1 and 9.0.
2011-08-04 12:06:53 -04:00
Robert Haas
a8302803ab Fix typo.
Noted by Josh Kupershmidt.
2011-07-27 11:20:07 -04:00
Robert Haas
c80be8a816 Clarify which relkinds accept column comments.
Per discussion with Josh Kupershmidt.
2011-07-26 09:39:07 -04:00
Robert Haas
f5af8eed92 Improvements to SQL/MED documentation.
Laurenz Albe, somewhat modified by me.
2011-07-25 09:37:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
7c26395661 Add new pgbench options, --tablespace and --index-tablespace.
Per a request from Greg Smith.
2011-07-25 09:16:14 -04:00
Robert Haas
2d6fee09eb Add new pgbench switch, --unlogged-tables.
This entails adjusting pgbench to use getopt_long() rather
than getopt().
2011-07-25 06:55:12 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
79b3ca06d8 Change EDITOR_LINENUMBER_SWITCH to an environment variable
Also change "switch" to "arg" because "switch" is a bit of a sloppy
term.  So the environment variable is called
PSQL_EDITOR_LINENUMBER_ARG.  Set "+" as hardcoded default value on
Unix (since "vi" is the hardcoded default editor), so many users won't
have to configure this at all.  Move the documentation around a bit to
centralize the editor configuration under environment variables,
rather than repeating bits of it under every backslash command that
invokes an editor.
2011-07-24 00:25:29 +03:00
Tom Lane
0ce7676aa0 Make xpath() do something useful with XPath expressions that return scalars.
Previously, xpath() simply returned an empty array if the expression did
not yield a node set.  This is useless for expressions that return scalars,
such as one with name() at the top level.  Arrange to return the scalar
value as a single-element xml array, instead.  (String values will be
suitably escaped.)

This change will also cause xpath_exists() to return true, not false,
for such expressions.

Florian Pflug, reviewed by Radoslaw Smogura
2011-07-21 11:32:46 -04:00
Robert Haas
463f2625a5 Support SECURITY LABEL on databases, tablespaces, and roles.
This requires a new shared catalog, pg_shseclabel.

Along the way, fix the security_label regression tests so that they
don't monkey with the labels of any pre-existing objects.  This is
unlikely to matter in practice, since only the label for the "dummy"
provider was being manipulated.  But this way still seems cleaner.

KaiGai Kohei, with fairly extensive hacking by me.
2011-07-20 13:18:24 -04:00
Robert Haas
d79a601fd9 Improve sepgsql and SECURITY LABEL documentation.
KaiGai Kohei, based on feedback from Yeb Havinga, with some
corrections by me.
2011-07-20 09:24:26 -04:00
Robert Haas
550cd074f9 Minor improvement to pg_seclabel documentation.
This is a bit more consistent with the way pg_description is
documented, and also include a useful cross-link.
2011-07-20 09:24:22 -04:00
Simon Riggs
6ba77bce93 Minor doc additions for cascading replication. 2011-07-19 09:07:42 +01:00
Simon Riggs
5286105800 Cascading replication feature for streaming log-based replication.
Standby servers can now have WALSender processes, which can work with
either WALReceiver or archive_commands to pass data. Fully updated
docs, including new conceptual terms of sending server, upstream and
downstream servers. WALSenders terminated when promote to master.

Fujii Masao, review, rework and doc rewrite by Simon Riggs
2011-07-19 03:40:03 +01:00
Tom Lane
3d4890c0c5 Add GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS plpgsql command to retrieve exception info.
This is more SQL-spec-compliant, more easily extensible, and better
performing than the old method of inventing special variables.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Shigeru Hanada and David Wheeler
2011-07-18 14:47:18 -04:00
Robert Haas
367bc426a1 Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE.
Noah Misch.  Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 11:04:43 -04:00
Robert Haas
3cba8999b3 Create a "fast path" for acquiring weak relation locks.
When an AccessShareLock, RowShareLock, or RowExclusiveLock is requested
on an unshared database relation, and we can verify that no conflicting
locks can possibly be present, record the lock in a per-backend queue,
stored within the PGPROC, rather than in the primary lock table.  This
eliminates a great deal of contention on the lock manager LWLocks.

This patch also refactors the interface between GetLockStatusData() and
pg_lock_status() to be a bit more abstract, so that we don't rely so
heavily on the lock manager's internal representation details.  The new
fast path lock structures don't have a LOCK or PROCLOCK structure to
return, so we mustn't depend on that for purposes of listing outstanding
locks.

Review by Jeff Davis.
2011-07-18 00:49:28 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
7ed8f6c517 Remove claim that the project is not represented in the SQL working group
We have a few people involved there now.
2011-07-18 07:30:00 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
3835855589 Note that information_schema.sql_languages was removed in SQL:2008 2011-07-18 07:26:30 +03:00
Robert Haas
b59d2fe497 Add pg_opfamily_is_visible.
We already have similar functions for many other object types, including
operator classes, so it seems like we should have this one, too.

Extracted from a larger patch by Josh Kupershmidt
2011-07-17 23:23:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
23e5b16c71 Add temp_file_limit GUC parameter to constrain temporary file space usage.
The limit is enforced against the total amount of temp file space used by
each session.

Mark Kirkwood, reviewed by Cédric Villemain and Tatsuo Ishii
2011-07-17 14:19:31 -04:00
Tom Lane
ed7ed76712 Add an errdetail_internal() ereport auxiliary routine.
This function supports untranslated detail messages, in the same way that
errmsg_internal supports untranslated primary messages.  We've needed this
for some time IMO, but discussion of some cases in the SSI code provided
the impetus to actually add it.

Kevin Grittner, with minor adjustments by me
2011-07-16 14:22:15 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bf3c585681 Set information_schema.tables.commit_action to null
The commit action of temporary tables is currently not cataloged, so
we can't easily show it.  The previous value was outdated from before
we had different commit actions.
2011-07-15 21:11:14 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
c1129a14e1 Doc clarification for pg_locks columns.
Florian Pflug
2011-07-15 13:12:36 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1be9cdf6aa In docs, start window function sentence with "The asterisk (*)" rather
than "*";  it is confusing to start a sentence with a symbol.
2011-07-14 17:59:49 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
c529f8800e Fix broken markup 2011-07-14 13:43:01 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f4678c205a Set information_schema.routines.is_udt_dependent to NO
It previously said YES, but that is incorrect.
2011-07-14 19:18:17 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
a99d45b805 Small update on suggested startup file locations
Debian/Ubuntu don't have a /etc/rc.d/ directory, so add some
alternative names as suggestions.
2011-07-14 19:07:39 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
469a1087e2 Remove README.mb.big5 and README.mb.jp
They were wildly outdated.
2011-07-14 18:28:07 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
0527a454ec Implement information schema interval_type columns
Also correct reporting of interval precision when field restrictions
are specified in the typmod.
2011-07-13 20:32:08 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
80a1d16935 Use clearer woring for pg_locks columns, identifying which items are
related to lock objects.
2011-07-13 11:42:17 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
3315020a09 Fix and clarify information schema interval_precision fields
The fields were previously wrongly typed as character_data; change to
cardinal_number.  Update the documentation and the implementation to
show more clearly that this applies to a feature not available in
PostgreSQL, rather than just not yet being implemented in the
information schema.
2011-07-11 18:49:44 +03:00
Andrew Dunstan
75726307e6 Improve wording of documentation on default privileges.
Per recent -hackers discussion.
2011-07-11 11:12:34 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
7544064b15 Add item about Clang support to 9.1 release notes 2011-07-08 17:04:49 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
f05c65090a Message style improvements 2011-07-08 07:37:04 +03:00
Tom Lane
c59b8ba6cd Update examples for string-related functions.
In the example for decode(), show the bytea result in hex format,
since that's now the default.  Use an E'' string in the example for
quote_literal(), so that it works regardless of the
standard_conforming_strings setting.  On the functions-for-binary-strings
page, leave the examples as-is for readability, but add a note pointing out
that they are shown in escape format.  Per comments from Thom Brown.

Also, improve the description for encode() and decode() a tad.

Backpatch to 9.0, where bytea_output was introduced.
2011-07-07 19:34:19 -04:00
Tom Lane
997d5b488a Update 9.1 release notes to reflect commits through today. 2011-07-07 17:56:15 -04:00
Tom Lane
60a81ad133 Reclassify replication-related GUC variables as "master" and "standby".
Per discussion, this structure seems more understandable than what was
there before.  Make config.sgml and postgresql.conf.sample agree.

In passing do a bit of editorial work on the variable descriptions.
2011-07-07 15:11:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
a195e3c34f Finish disabling reduced-lock-levels-for-DDL feature.
Previous patch only covered the ALTER TABLE changes, not changes in other
commands; and it neglected to revert the documentation changes.
2011-07-07 13:15:15 -04:00
Robert Haas
c7f23494c1 Add \ir command to psql.
\ir is short for "include relative"; when used from a script, the
supplied pathname will be interpreted relative to the input file,
rather than to the current working directory.

Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Josh Kupershmidt, with substantial further
cleanup by me.
2011-07-06 11:45:13 -04:00
Tom Lane
3b3152853a Restructure foreign data wrapper chapter so it has more than one section.
As noted by Laurenz Albe, our SGML tools deal rather oddly with chapters
having just one <sect1>.  Perhaps the tooling could be fixed, but really
the design of this chapter's introduction is pretty bogus anyhow.  Split
it into a true introduction and a <sect1> about the FDW functions, so
that it reads better and dodges the lack-of-a-chapter-TOC problem.
2011-07-05 15:54:45 -04:00
Tom Lane
52a4255055 Improve documentation about foreign data wrapper validator functions.
Modified version of a patch by Shigeru Hanada.
2011-07-05 15:38:18 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
cd34647c66 Fix typo in sslmode documentation
Per bug #6089, noted by Sidney Cadot
2011-07-05 09:45:19 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
d479a0f92f Small documentation tweaks 2011-07-05 00:00:14 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
6fbc80349f Set user_defined_types.data_type to null
On re-reading the standard, this field is only used for distinct or
reference types.
2011-07-04 23:09:42 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e24662c423 Clarify that you need ActiveState perl 5.8 *or later* to build on Windows. 2011-07-04 22:42:17 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f7ea6beaf4 Remove silent_mode. You get the same functionality with "pg_ctl -l
postmaster.log", or nohup.

There was a small issue with LINUX_OOM_ADJ and silent_mode, namely that with
silent_mode the postmaster process incorrectly used the OOM settings meant
for backend processes. We certainly could've fixed that directly, but since
silent_mode was redundant anyway, we might as well just remove it.
2011-07-04 14:35:44 +03:00
Simon Riggs
2c3d9db56d Reset ALTER TABLE lock levels to AccessExclusiveLock in all cases.
Locks on inheritance parent remain at lower level, as they were before.
Remove entry from 9.1 release notes.
2011-07-04 09:31:40 +01:00
Tom Lane
4fa046a39e Fix omissions in documentation of the pg_roles view.
Somehow, column rolconfig got removed from the documentation of the
pg_roles view in the 9.0 cycle, although the column is actually still
there.  In 9.1, we'd also forgotten to document the rolreplication column.
Spotted by Sakamoto Masahiko.
2011-07-03 22:12:14 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
cc81d9969c In the pg_upgrade docs, move 50432 port mention to the place where we
talk about client access.
2011-07-01 18:36:00 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a88f4496b7 Change pg_upgrade to use port 50432 by default to avoid unintended
client connections during the upgrade.  Also rename data/bin/port
environment variables to being with 'PG'.  Also no longer honor PGPORT.
2011-07-01 18:17:12 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
897795240c Enable CHECK constraints to be declared NOT VALID
This means that they can initially be added to a large existing table
without checking its initial contents, but new tuples must comply to
them; a separate pass invoked by ALTER TABLE / VALIDATE can verify
existing data and ensure it complies with the constraint, at which point
it is marked validated and becomes a normal part of the table ecosystem.

An non-validated CHECK constraint is ignored in the planner for
constraint_exclusion purposes; when validated, cached plans are
recomputed so that partitioning starts working right away.

This patch also enables domains to have unvalidated CHECK constraints
attached to them as well by way of ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT / NOT
VALID, which can later be validated with ALTER DOMAIN / VALIDATE
CONSTRAINT.

Thanks to Thom Brown, Dean Rasheed and Jaime Casanova for the various
reviews, and Robert Hass for documentation wording improvement
suggestions.

This patch was sponsored by Enova Financial.
2011-06-30 11:24:31 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
21f1e15aaf Unify spelling of "canceled", "canceling", "cancellation"
We had previously (af26857a27)
established the U.S. spellings as standard.
2011-06-29 09:28:46 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
615c384972 Implement the collation columns of various information schema views
Fill in the collation columns of the views attributes, columns,
domains, and element_types.  Also update collation information in
sql_implementation_info.
2011-06-28 17:49:28 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
5594d14696 Add composite-type attributes to information_schema.element_types view 2011-06-28 16:08:52 +03:00
Robert Haas
66a36ef949 Mention that SSPI authentication can use GSSAPI on non-Windows systems.
As noted by Christian Ullrich.
2011-06-27 10:38:45 -04:00
Robert Haas
eb03cff820 Documentation improvements for pg_locks with respect to SSI.
Explain that querying pg_locks does not simultaneously lock both the
normal lock manager and the predicate lock manager.

Per discussion with Kevin Grittner.
2011-06-24 16:09:35 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
194e6ee74b In pg_upgrade docs, clarify that link mode uses "hard" links.
Backpatch to 9.1 and 9.0.
2011-06-23 19:58:14 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
d34e142c51 Add information schema views role_udt_grants, udt_privileges, user_defined_types 2011-06-23 22:12:46 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
2c262ea9fe Add a bit of markup 2011-06-23 08:04:10 +03:00
Robert Haas
61307dccc5 Add smallserial pseudotype.
This is just like serial and bigserial, except it generates an int2
column rather than int4 or int8.

Mike Pultz, reviewed by Brar Piening and Josh Kupershmidt
2011-06-21 22:52:52 -04:00
Robert Haas
7095003cbe Make deadlock_timeout PGC_SUSET rather than PGC_SIGHUP.
This allows deadlock_timeout to be reduced for transactions that are
particularly likely to be involved in a deadlock, thus detecting it
more quickly.  It is also potentially useful as a poor-man's deadlock
priority mechanism: a transaction with a high deadlock_timeout is less
likely to be chosen as the victim than one with a low
deadlock_timeout.  Since that could be used to game the system, we
make this PGC_SUSET rather than PGC_USERSET.

At some point, it might be worth thinking about a more explicit
priority mechanism, since using this is far from fool-proof.  But
let's see whether there's enough use case to justify the additional
work before we go down that route.

Noah Misch, reviewed by Shigeru Hanada
2011-06-21 22:36:59 -04:00
Robert Haas
8f9fe6edce Add notion of a "transform function" that can simplify function calls.
Initially, we use this only to eliminate calls to the varchar()
function in cases where the length is not being reduced and, therefore,
the function call is equivalent to a RelabelType operation.  The most
significant effect of this is that we can avoid a table rewrite when
changing a varchar(X) column to a varchar(Y) column, where Y > X.

Noah Misch, reviewed by me and Alexey Klyukin
2011-06-21 22:21:24 -04:00
Robert Haas
771a9f69f7 Performance tuning advice for SSI.
Kevin Grittner, with additional wordsmithing by me.
2011-06-21 21:54:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
31e8ab4dd9 Fix missed use of "cp -i" in an example, per Fujii Masao.
Also be more careful about markup: use &amp; not just &.
2011-06-20 16:27:32 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
811f1cec8c Produce HISTORY file consistently as ASCII
The release notes may contain non-ASCII characters (for contributor
names), which lynx converts to the encoding determined by the current
locale.  The get output that is deterministic and easily readable by
everyone, we make lynx produce LATIN1 and then convert that to ASCII
with transliteration for the non-ASCII characters.
2011-06-19 23:27:56 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
8a8fbe7e79 Capitalization fixes 2011-06-19 00:37:30 +03:00
Tom Lane
a2624c687d Don't use "cp -i" in the example WAL archive_command.
This is a dangerous example to provide because on machines with GNU cp,
it will silently do the wrong thing and risk archive corruption.  Worse,
during the 9.0 cycle somebody "improved" the discussion by removing the
warning that used to be there about that, and instead leaving the
impression that the command would work as desired on most Unixen.
It doesn't.  Try to rectify the damage by providing an example that is safe
most everywhere, and then noting that you can try cp -i if you want but
you'd better test that.

In back-patching this to all supported branches, I also added an example
command for Windows, which wasn't provided before 9.0.
2011-06-17 19:13:03 -04:00
Robert Haas
d61ec7c7a7 Fix typo.
Per Josh Kupershmidt and Tom Lane.
2011-06-17 00:54:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
e1ccaff6ee Rework parsing of ConstraintAttributeSpec to improve NOT VALID handling.
The initial commit of the ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY NOT VALID feature
failed to support labeling such constraints as deferrable.  The best fix
for this seems to be to fold NOT VALID into ConstraintAttributeSpec.
That's a bit more general than the documented syntax, but it allows
better-targeted syntax error messages.

In addition, do some mostly-but-not-entirely-cosmetic code review for
the whole NOT VALID patch.
2011-06-15 19:06:21 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
da023acd1a Document that psql's \d also works with composite types
This has always been true, it was just never documented.
2011-06-14 23:48:59 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
776fa18359 In pg_upgrade, document that link mode has to have data directories on
the same file system, and that authentication should lock out normal
users.

Per suggestsion from #postgresql irc channel.

Backpatch to 9.1.
2011-06-14 16:48:34 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
8cfd59dd65 Fix grammatical mistake introduced by previous commit
Per note from Tom
2011-06-14 14:07:24 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
fc7e99872c Mention DROP TABLE as well as ALTER TABLE NO INHERIT
... when talking about how good they are in replacement of bulk DELETE
in partitioned setups.

The original wording was a bit confusing.

Per an observation from David Wheeler.
2011-06-14 11:27:25 -04:00
Robert Haas
c3ad1e8dbd Improve accuracy of ON_ERROR_STOP documentation.
Per a gripe from Tom Lane.
2011-06-14 11:07:18 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
2fccc881a9 Document that bits to the right of the CIDR mask "should" be zero, not
"must".
2011-06-13 20:55:25 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
a03feb9354 Expand warnings on locks acquired by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY
The previous wording wasn't explicit enough, which could misled readers
into thinking that the locks acquired are more restricted in nature than
they really are.  The resulting optimism can be damaging to morale when
confronted with reality, as has been observed in the field.

Greg Smith
2011-06-13 17:17:16 -04:00
Robert Haas
2202891669 Remove parentheses from mention of current_schemas function.
This is more consistent with what we do elsewhere, and hopefully avoids
creating the perception that current_schemas takes no arguments.

As suggested by Brendan Jurd
2011-06-13 13:02:54 -04:00
Robert Haas
6b02ed66e2 Clarify that NATURAL without matching columns is like CROSS JOIN.
As suggested by Grzegorz Szpetkowski.
2011-06-13 12:59:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
2a89042142 Add doc cross-reference to search_path discussion of current_schemas().
Brendan Jurd
2011-06-13 12:37:49 -04:00
Robert Haas
dfe8ec3ab9 Document GUC context for synchronous_standby_names/hot_standby_feedback.
Fujii Masao
2011-06-13 12:23:42 -04:00
Robert Haas
d4c7e934df In ALTER EXTENSION docs, document left_type/right_type.
Noted by Daniele Varrazzo.
2011-06-13 10:24:37 -04:00
Robert Haas
9052e285b5 Markup fix.
Fujii Masao
2011-06-13 10:14:02 -04:00
Robert Haas
43ea23a346 More foreign table documentation improvements.
Shigeru Hanada, with some additional wordsmithing by me
2011-06-13 08:29:38 -04:00
Robert Haas
5fe241c5f9 Corrections to ALTER FOREIGN TABLE documentation.
Shigeru Hanada, with a minor grammar correction.
2011-06-12 00:18:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
c962792211 Stamp HEAD as 9.2devel. 2011-06-11 17:46:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
829ae4bf83 Tag 9.1beta2. 2011-06-09 19:40:42 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
43958a0280 Ecpg doc cleanups, as reported by Marc Cousin. 2011-06-09 18:48:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
e9c9a92068 Update 9.1 release notes to reflect commits through today.
Also do some desultory copy-editing on the notes.
2011-06-09 18:44:46 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
7e6ec04d96 Support silent mode for service registrations on win32
Using -s when registering a service will now suppress
the application eventlog entries stating that the service
is starting and started.

MauMau
2011-06-09 18:24:59 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
7d43ae6713 Fix documentation of information_schema.element_types
The documentation of the columns collection_type_identifier and
dtd_identifier was wrong.  This effectively reverts commits
8e1ccad519 and
57352df66d and updates the name
array_type_identifier (the name in SQL:1999) to
collection_type_identifier.

closes bug #5926
2011-06-09 07:24:14 +03:00
Tom Lane
3ebc061c18 Make citext's equality and hashing functions collation-insensitive.
This is an ugly hack to get around the fact that significant parts of the
core backend assume they don't need to worry about passing collation to
equality and hashing functions.  That's true for the core string datatypes,
but citext should ideally have equality behavior that depends on the
specified collation's LC_CTYPE.  However, there's no chance of fixing the
core before 9.2, so we'll have to live with this compromise arrangement for
now.  Per bug #6053 from Regina Obe.

The code changes in this commit should be reverted in full once the core
code is up to speed, but be careful about reverting the docs changes:
I fixed a number of obsolete statements while at it.
2011-06-08 15:25:02 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
1bcdd66315 Reorder pg_ctl promote after pg_ctl status
Since start/stop/restart/reload/status is a kind of standard command
set, it seems odd to insert the special-purpose "promote" in between
the closely related "restart" and "reload".  So put it after "status"
in code and documentation.

Put the documentation of the -U option in some sensible place.

Rewrite the synopsis sentence in help and documentation to make it
less of a growing mouthful.
2011-06-08 20:51:25 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
36a1ba9d5e Fix documentation reference to "above" example
found by Thom Brown
2011-06-04 23:12:27 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
4dd4bd4d8e More ECPG documentation fixes
Marc Cousin
2011-06-04 22:52:01 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
b51d05b511 ECPG documentation fix
Marc Cousin, Satoshi Nagayasu
2011-06-04 22:52:01 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
3ece3913d0 Truncate id to <=44 characters
This is the original DocBook SGML limit, but apparently most
installations have changed it or ignore it, which is why few people
have run into this problem.

pointed out by Brendan Jurd
2011-06-03 22:25:26 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
a20bc9c866 Use proper SGML doc entities rather than angle-brackets.
Marco Nenciarini
2011-06-02 19:33:16 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
c82d415acc Sort COMMENT synopsis and add more examples
Josh Kupershmidt
2011-06-03 00:17:45 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
596b0c213f Some copy editing of the release notes 2011-06-01 22:22:18 +03:00
Tom Lane
6923d699bc Protect GIST logic that assumes penalty values can't be negative.
Apparently sane-looking penalty code might return small negative values,
for example because of roundoff error.  This will confuse places like
gistchoose().  Prevent problems by clamping negative penalty values to
zero.  (Just to be really sure, I also made it force NaNs to zero.)
Back-patch to all supported branches.

Alexander Korotkov
2011-05-31 17:53:45 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
85ffed431a Use entities to encode non-ASCII characters in SGML documentation
This has already been the case for the most part; just some cases had
slipped through.
2011-05-31 23:11:46 +03:00
Tom Lane
be4585b1c2 Replace use of credential control messages with getsockopt(LOCAL_PEERCRED).
It turns out the reason we hadn't found out about the portability issues
with our credential-control-message code is that almost no modern platforms
use that code at all; the ones that used to need it now offer getpeereid(),
which we choose first.  The last holdout was NetBSD, and they added
getpeereid() as of 5.0.  So far as I can tell, the only live platform on
which that code was being exercised was Debian/kFreeBSD, ie, FreeBSD kernel
with Linux userland --- since glibc doesn't provide getpeereid(), we fell
back to the control message code.  However, the FreeBSD kernel provides a
LOCAL_PEERCRED socket parameter that's functionally equivalent to Linux's
SO_PEERCRED.  That is both much simpler to use than control messages, and
superior because it doesn't require receiving a message from the other end
at just the right time.

Therefore, add code to use LOCAL_PEERCRED when necessary, and rip out all
the credential-control-message code in the backend.  (libpq still has such
code so that it can still talk to pre-9.1 servers ... but eventually we can
get rid of it there too.)  Clean up related autoconf probes, too.

This means that libpq's requirepeer parameter now works on exactly the same
platforms where the backend supports peer authentication, so adjust the
documentation accordingly.
2011-05-31 16:10:46 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
2367da886d Don't recommend upgrading to latest available Windows SDK
We only support up to version 7.0, so don't recommend
upgrading past it. The rest of the documentation around this
was already updated, but one spot was missed.
2011-05-30 20:46:14 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
6fa79755bd Add pg_basebackup -z option for compression with default level 2011-05-30 01:02:02 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
cb0defe523 Correct description of log_connections and log_disconnections
The previous claim when these parameters could be changed was
incorrect.

Fujii Masao
2011-05-29 21:59:10 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
d68714b29c Allow pg_basebackup compressed tar output to stdout 2011-05-29 01:18:17 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
420dcaaeb1 Drop "meaning" column from error code table
This is currently the same as the condition name, so it doesn't add
any value, only clutter.
2011-05-28 00:25:33 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
3439e40f9a Put options in some sensible order
For the --help output and reference pages of pg_dump, pg_dumpall,
pg_restore, put the options in some consistent, mostly alphabetical,
and consistent order, rather than newest option last or something like
that.
2011-05-25 21:53:26 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
60497722ac Put lists in sensible order 2011-05-22 22:38:53 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
7920d033d8 Put documentation of backslash commands back in alphabetical order 2011-05-22 15:13:17 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
51ad1784cc Clarify the documentation of the --with-ossp-uuid option 2011-05-22 14:29:36 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
c8e0c32119 Rename pg_dump --no-security-label to --no-security-labels
Other similar options also use the plural form.
2011-05-19 23:20:11 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
4a6a5c86db Remove obsolete comment 2011-05-19 01:19:57 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
c13dc6402b Spell checking and markup refinement 2011-05-19 01:14:45 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
0ee391b77a /contrib/foo -> contrib/foo
Since contrib is a relative directory specification, a leading slash
is inappropriate.
2011-05-19 00:30:31 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
8a849cdee4 Remove redundant privilege doc sentences. 2011-05-16 11:22:25 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6c19bd96bc Allow pg_upgrade to honor libpq environment variables. Add 'local'
checks for PGHOST and PGHOSTADDR.
2011-05-16 10:48:40 -04:00
Robert Haas
9bb6d97952 More cleanup of FOREIGN TABLE permissions handling.
This commit fixes psql, pg_dump, and the information schema to be
consistent with the backend changes which I made as part of commit
be90032e0d, and also includes a
related documentation tweak.

Shigeru Hanada, with slight adjustment.
2011-05-13 15:51:03 -04:00
Tom Lane
ea964a451e Be more explicit about the meaning of the change in standard_conforming_strings. 2011-05-10 23:44:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
64cc297dc9 Mention "backslash" escape processing change in 9.1 release notes. 2011-05-10 20:57:19 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
87631ac98d Add some punctuation 2011-05-10 22:37:50 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
df6d033197 Put options in more alphabetical order 2011-05-10 22:37:22 +03:00
Tom Lane
1453cd8f82 Adjust documentation with respect to "unknown" timezone setting.
The recent cleanup of GUC assign hooks got rid of the kludge of using
"unknown" as a magic value for timezone and log_timezone.  But I forgot
to update the documentation to match, as noted by Martin Pitt.
2011-05-10 13:48:40 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a9cc9df021 Documentation cleanup for the possible values of the datatype 'boolean'. 2011-05-09 23:25:16 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
832c095d68 Update documentation to state there is three-value logic, not
three-value boolean logic.

Backpatch to 9.0.X since we just got another bug report about this
today.
2011-05-09 21:04:18 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e567c9ff34 Add xreflabels to /contrib manuals so links appear correct. Also update
README.links to explain xref properly.
2011-05-07 22:29:20 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
5293de5807 Add missing documention connecting word. 2011-05-07 14:31:00 -04:00
Robert Haas
3ef5b2df97 Fix typos in SECURITY LABEL documentation.
KaiGai Kohei
2011-05-06 21:19:15 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
fb3ad7895e Improve style of generate_history.pl Perl script. 2011-05-05 12:49:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
671322751a Include unary plus in the Operator Precedence table.
Per gripe from Grzegorz Szpetkowski.

Also, change the subsection heading from "Lexical Precedence" (which is
a contradiction in terms) to "Operator Precedence".
2011-05-04 15:02:34 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
a3b681f0bc Link some tables into the surrounding text by their id 2011-05-04 20:24:07 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
04be7ac271 Update obsolete mention of Sequoia, now known as Tungsten
Per http://joomla.aws.continuent.com/community/lab-projects/sequoia

Greg Smith
2011-05-03 11:35:17 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
5614857096 Improve description of read/write traffic scalability
Greg Smith, after a suggestion of James Bruce
2011-05-03 11:34:27 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
155743ad31 Add ID attribute to some sect2's missing it
David Fetter
2011-05-02 19:13:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
52897e54db Update some ALTER USER cross-references to ALTER ROLE
Greg Smith
2011-05-02 13:40:24 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
4b08bf8ce7 Small cleanup of spacing in verbatim DocBook elements 2011-05-02 19:19:48 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
39850c7fdb The arguments to pg_ctl kill are not optional - remove brackets in the docs.
Fujii Masao
2011-04-28 12:54:17 +03:00
Tom Lane
993c5e5904 Tag 9.1beta1. 2011-04-27 17:17:22 -04:00
Tom Lane
bb1051eb2d Make a quick copy-editing pass over the 9.1 release notes.
Also remove the material about this being an alpha release.

The notes still need a lot of work, but they're more or less presentable
as a beta version now.
2011-04-27 16:52:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
4f6c75b541 Add comments about the need to avoid uninitialized bits in datatype values.
There was already one recommendation in the documentation about writing
C functions to ensure padding bytes are zeroes, but make it stronger.

Also fix an example that was still using direct assignment to a varlena
length word, which no longer works since the varvarlena changes.
2011-04-27 14:06:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
dedcc48c56 Doc wording improvement for NUMERIC limit paragraph. 2011-04-27 00:06:37 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
8ce83b5bdc Reword documentation for NUMERIC with no specified precision. 2011-04-26 23:43:44 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0cdbef6cec Clarify that a non-specified precision NUMERIC has a very high range. 2011-04-26 11:54:57 -04:00
Robert Haas
be90032e0d Remove partial and undocumented GRANT .. FOREIGN TABLE support.
Instead, foreign tables are treated just like views: permissions can
be granted using GRANT privilege ON [TABLE] foreign_table_name TO role,
and revoked similarly.  GRANT/REVOKE .. FOREIGN TABLE is no longer
supported, just as we don't support GRANT/REVOKE .. VIEW.  The set of
accepted permissions for foreign tables is now identical to the set for
regular tables, and views.

Per report from Thom Brown, and subsequent discussion.
2011-04-25 16:39:18 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
9412606265 Normalize whitespace in the arguments of <indexterm>
Strip leading and trailing whitespace and replace interior whitespace
by a single space.  This avoids problems with the index generator
producing duplicate index entries for terms that differ only in
whitespace.

Commit dca30da343 actually fixed all the
indexterm elements that would cause this problem at the moment, but in
case it sneaks in again, we're set.
2011-04-25 01:25:43 +03:00
Tom Lane
1abd146ddd Adjust comments about collate.linux.utf8 regression test.
This test should now work in any database with UTF8 encoding, regardless
of the database's default locale.  The former restriction was really
"doesn't work if default locale is C", and that was because of not handling
mbstowcs/wcstombs correctly.
2011-04-23 12:51:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
9e9b9ac7d1 Make a code-cleanup pass over the collations patch.
This patch is almost entirely cosmetic --- mostly cleaning up a lot of
neglected comments, and fixing code layout problems in places where the
patch made lines too long and then pgindent did weird things with that.
I did find a bug-of-omission in equalTupleDescs().
2011-04-22 17:43:18 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0cfdc1c657 Improve doc wording for SQL syntax of LIMIT/OFFSET. 2011-04-21 22:26:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
a0e8df527e Allow ALTER TYPE .. ADD ATTRIBUTE .. CASCADE to recurse to descendants.
Without this, adding an attribute to a typed table with an inheritance
child fails, which is surprising.

Noah Misch, with minor changes by me.
2011-04-20 22:49:37 -04:00
Robert Haas
68739ba856 Allow ALTER TABLE name {OF type | NOT OF}.
This syntax allows a standalone table to be made into a typed table,
or a typed table to be made standalone.  This is possibly a mildly
useful feature in its own right, but the real motivation for this
change is that we need it to make pg_upgrade work with typed tables.
This doesn't actually fix that problem, but it's necessary
infrastructure.

Noah Misch
2011-04-20 21:38:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
2d4617126f Document COLLATE option in CREATE TYPE reference page.
Curiously, it was already documented in ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, but
not here.
2011-04-17 17:05:51 -04:00
Tom Lane
c947325856 Support a COLLATE clause in plpgsql variable declarations.
This allows the usual rules for assigning a collation to a local variable
to be overridden.  Per discussion, it seems appropriate to support this
rather than forcing all local variables to have the argument-derived
collation.
2011-04-17 14:54:19 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
3affae58b7 Note that Bison on GnuWin32 has trouble with paths with spaces
Peter Eisentraut
2011-04-15 15:30:21 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
9e1526eddd Specify which versions of the Platform SDK are supported
Anything including Visual Studio 2010 compilers is not yet
supported for building on Windows.
2011-04-15 15:30:14 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
f536d41942 Rename pg_regress option --multibyte to --encoding
Also refactor things a little bit so that the same methods for setting
test locale and encoding can be used everywhere.
2011-04-15 08:42:05 +03:00
Tom Lane
98eded936c Update release notes for releases 9.0.4, 8.4.8, 8.3.15, and 8.2.21. 2011-04-14 15:52:18 -04:00
Robert Haas
07e58cbe19 Advise Debian/Ubuntu users to use openjade1.3.
The latest openjade packages for Ubuntu 10.10 seg fault when building
our documentation.

Josh Berkus
2011-04-14 11:35:41 -07:00
Tom Lane
dd95a1d3dd Add some useful cross-references to the CREATE EXTENSION reference page.
Per a suggestion from Josh Kupershmidt, though I modified his patch
quite a lot.
2011-04-13 02:56:33 -04:00
Tom Lane
1e16a8107d Teach regular expression operators to honor collations.
This involves getting the character classification and case-folding
functions in the regex library to use the collations infrastructure.
Most of this work had been done already in connection with the upper/lower
and LIKE logic, so it was a simple matter of transposition.

While at it, split out these functions into a separate source file
regc_pg_locale.c, so that they can be correctly labeled with the Postgres
project's license rather than the Scriptics license.  These functions are
100% Postgres-written code whereas what remains in regc_locale.c is still
mostly not ours, so lumping them both under the same copyright notice was
getting more and more misleading.
2011-04-10 18:03:09 -04:00
Tom Lane
7c76906b7e Don't show unusable collations in psql's \dO command.
"Unusable" collations are those not matching the current database's
encoding.  The former behavior inconsistently showed such collations
some of the time, depending on the details of the pattern argument.
2011-04-09 14:08:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
dca30da343 Avoid extra whitespace in the arguments of <indexterm>.
As noted by Thom Brown, this confuses the DocBook index processor; it
fails to merge entries that differ only in whitespace, and sorts them
unexpectedly as well.  Seems like a toolchain bug, but I'm not going to
hold my breath waiting for a fix.

Note: easiest way to find these is to look for double spaces in HTML.index.
2011-04-08 11:36:05 -04:00
Tom Lane
8ad58279fa Add an example of WITH (UPDATE RETURNING) INSERT to the INSERT ref page.
Per a discussion with Gavin Flower.  This barely scratches the surface
of potential WITH (something RETURNING) use cases, of course, but it's
one of the simplest compelling examples I can think of.
2011-04-08 10:54:03 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bf6848bc8c Update key words table for 9.1 2011-04-06 00:16:13 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
38d15f1651 Change "Id" to "id" in some SGML tags
Gabriele Bartolini
2011-04-05 15:06:06 -03:00
Robert Haas
ad275473a5 Typo fixes.
Erik Rijkers
2011-04-05 12:40:17 -04:00
Robert Haas
f5e524d92b Add casts from int4 and int8 to numeric.
Joey Adams, per gripe from Ramanujam.  Review by myself and Tom Lane.
2011-04-05 09:35:43 -04:00
Simon Riggs
479ee1b962 Centralise release note items related to recovery and replication 2011-04-04 22:38:43 +01:00
Simon Riggs
35d2a660fe Update comments and credit doc proofreaders 2011-04-04 22:36:09 +01:00
Robert Haas
240067b3b0 Merge synchronous_replication setting into synchronous_commit.
This means one less thing to configure when setting up synchronous
replication, and also avoids some ambiguity around what the behavior
should be when the settings of these variables conflict.

Fujii Masao, with additional hacking by me.
2011-04-04 16:25:52 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
fc3459d70c Uppercase <!ENTITY> and <!DOCTYPE> tags in SGML source
This improves compatibility with external toolchains, such as those used
by some documentation translation tools.

Gabriele Bartolini
2011-04-04 16:09:10 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
8c250f3741 Duplicate expansion of "direction" from FETCH's synopsis into MOVE 2011-04-04 12:04:43 -04:00
Robert Haas
cabf5d84b6 Improve documentation on the range of the numeric data type.
Gianni Ciolli, reviewed by Noah Misch
2011-04-03 19:56:22 -04:00
Robert Haas
1981fb7313 Remove mention of using "man" from the tutorial.
This isn't applicable on Windows, and the internal link to the
psql documentation should be more than sufficient.

Susanne Ebrecht
2011-04-03 19:49:05 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d420ba2a2d Escape greater than and less than characters in docs.
Susanne Ebrecht and me
2011-04-02 17:08:06 +03:00
Robert Haas
50533a6dc5 Support comments on FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and SERVER objects.
This mostly involves making it work with the objectaddress.c framework,
which does most of the heavy lifting.  In that vein, change
GetForeignDataWrapperOidByName to get_foreign_data_wrapper_oid and
GetForeignServerOidByName to get_foreign_server_oid, to match the
pattern we use for other object types.

Robert Haas and Shigeru Hanada
2011-04-01 11:28:28 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
647f8b3dba Reword the phrase on zero replication_timeout in the docs. 2011-03-31 10:19:29 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
754baa21f7 Automatically terminate replication connections that are idle for more
than replication_timeout (a new GUC) milliseconds. The TCP timeout is often
too long, you want the master to notice a dead connection much sooner.
People complained about that in 9.0 too, but with synchronous replication
it's even more important to notice dead connections promptly.

Fujii Masao and Heikki Linnakangas
2011-03-30 10:20:37 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
6c0dfc0356 Add maintainer-check target
This can do various source code checks that are not appropriate for
either the build or the regression tests.  Currently: duplicate_oids,
SGML syntax and tabs check, NLS syntax check.
2011-03-28 22:56:52 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
5c22c0eda1 Add 9.1 release note link for synchronous replication.
We already had links to the GUC variables that control it.
2011-03-28 14:50:08 -04:00
Robert Haas
7c7fd882a5 Mark up release notes using <link>.
Unlike <xref>, this actually works.
2011-03-28 09:42:09 -04:00
Tom Lane
a720c28f0a Get rid of links that don't work when building HISTORY. 2011-03-28 09:34:56 -04:00
Robert Haas
20a1159fcc Typo fix in SSI docs.
Kevin Grittner
2011-03-27 21:35:15 -04:00
Robert Haas
de32982242 Correct "characters" to "bytes" in createdb docs.
Susanne Ebrecht
2011-03-27 21:28:15 -04:00
Robert Haas
de592e2669 Remove disclaimer stating that fsync=off slows down sync rep.
The underlying problem that caused this phenomenon was fixed by commit
92f4786fa9.
2011-03-26 21:19:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
ab1ef8e444 Update release notes for latest commits.
In addition, correct the entry for pg_object_description, and some other
minor cleanup.
2011-03-26 21:13:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
9b19c12e1d Document collation handling in SQL and plpgsql functions.
This is pretty minimal but covers the bare facts.
2011-03-25 18:21:25 -04:00
Robert Haas
f6f0916dbd Remove alpha release notes.
Temporarily move some of the alpha release note disclaimers into the regular
release notes, for the sake of alpha5.
2011-03-25 11:52:11 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
01dd34d55a Fix broken markup, and remove tabs 2011-03-25 12:21:12 -03:00
Michael Meskes
71ac48fd9c Documented some ecpg command line options that were missing:
-r no_indicator
-r prepare
-r questionsmarks
2011-03-25 02:30:50 +01:00
Robert Haas
7b630e7b8e Edits to 9.1 release notes.
Add some new items and some additional details to existing items, mostly
by cribbing from the 9.1alpha notes.  Some additional clarifications and
corrections elsewhere, and a few typo fixes.
2011-03-24 16:58:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
472671e133 Improve user-defined-aggregates documentation.
On closer inspection, that two-element initcond value seems to have been
a little white lie to avoid explaining the full behavior of float8_accum.
But if people are going to expect the examples to be exactly correct,
I suppose we'd better explain.  Per comment from Thom Brown.
2011-03-23 16:56:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
ba7d020d9d Fix ancient typo in user-defined-aggregates documentation.
The description of the initcond value for the built-in avg(float8)
aggregate has been wrong since it was written.  Noted by Disc Magnet.
2011-03-23 12:33:14 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
856a23018c Cosmetic capitalization fix 2011-03-22 21:59:53 -04:00
Simon Riggs
6e8e7cc580 Update docs to say you need fsync to make sync rep work fast. 2011-03-22 16:23:54 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
62bf9c2806 Markup and wording improvements for 9.1 release notes. 2011-03-20 23:17:21 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
78fce29628 Another 9.1 release note typo fix. 2011-03-20 19:36:44 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e8f4c240c7 Fix snapshot isolation level typo in 9.1 release notes. 2011-03-20 19:35:19 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f670c195b6 Reorder some 9.1 release item documentation entries, fix some awkward wording. 2011-03-20 17:43:04 -04:00
Tom Lane
176d5bae1d Fix up handling of C/POSIX collations.
Install just one instance of the "C" and "POSIX" collations into
pg_collation, rather than one per encoding.  Make these instances exist
and do something useful even in machines without locale_t support: to wit,
it's now possible to force comparisons and case-folding functions to use C
locale in an otherwise non-C database, whether or not the platform has
support for using any additional collations.

Fix up severely broken upper/lower/initcap functions, too: the C/POSIX
fastpath now does what it is supposed to, and non-default collations are
handled correctly in single-byte database encodings.

Merge the two separate collation hashtables that were being maintained in
pg_locale.c, and be more wary of the possibility that we fail partway
through filling a cache entry.
2011-03-20 12:44:13 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c2f4ea469b Move PITR and StreamingRep up one level of heading in the 9.1 release
notes.

Remove excessive linking to pg_ctl manual page.

Reorder incompatibility sections.
2011-03-20 09:33:37 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
0f96ae643c Misc minor fixes to 9.1 release notes
Thom Brown
2011-03-20 13:28:05 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
08607c9515 Word-wrap 9.1 release note lines. 2011-03-20 00:27:23 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b2c5b3d175 Add links to documentation from 9.1 release notes. 2011-03-19 23:59:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
025f4c72f0 Add SGML markup for keywords, terms, functions, commands, etc. 2011-03-19 17:21:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b03b17c411 Initial version of PG 9.1 release notes. 2011-03-19 16:39:47 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
6f9192df61 Rename ident authentication over local connections to peer
This removes an overloading of two authentication options where
one is very secure (peer) and one is often insecure (ident). Peer
is also the name used in libpq from 9.1 to specify the same type
of authentication.

Also make initdb select peer for local connections when ident is
chosen, and ident for TCP connections when peer is chosen.

ident keyword in pg_hba.conf is still accepted and maps to peer
authentication.
2011-03-19 18:44:35 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
56bb7f2a02 Remove "all balls" mention of network address; change IPv6 address to ::/0. 2011-03-19 10:05:04 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
0191e120e6 Document that the timestamp returned by pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp is
the time on the primary that the transaction was generated.
2011-03-18 19:18:08 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a7136b7fa2 Document the all-balls IPv6 address. 2011-03-18 18:41:33 -04:00
Robert Haas
f94c6f9c0f Minor fixes for high availability documentation.
Erik Rijkers and me
2011-03-17 15:46:44 -04:00
Robert Haas
76dbb46153 Protocol documentation for Hot Standby feedback messages. 2011-03-17 15:10:55 -04:00
Robert Haas
84abea76f6 Add pause_at_recovery_target to recovery.conf.sample; improve docs.
Fujii Masao, but with the proposed behavior change reverted, and the
rest adjusted accordingly.
2011-03-17 14:04:11 -04:00
Robert Haas
9a56dc3389 Fix various possible problems with synchronous replication.
1. Don't ignore query cancel interrupts.  Instead, if the user asks to
cancel the query after we've already committed it, but before it's on
the standby, just emit a warning and let the COMMIT finish.

2. Don't ignore die interrupts (pg_terminate_backend or fast shutdown).
Instead, emit a warning message and close the connection without
acknowledging the commit.  Other backends will still see the effect of
the commit, but there's no getting around that; it's too late to abort
at this point, and ignoring die interrupts altogether doesn't seem like
a good idea.

3. If synchronous_standby_names becomes empty, wake up all backends
waiting for synchronous replication to complete.  Without this, someone
attempting to shut synchronous replication off could easily wedge the
entire system instead.

4. Avoid depending on the assumption that if a walsender updates
MyProc->syncRepState, we'll see the change even if we read it without
holding the lock.  The window for this appears to be quite narrow (and
probably doesn't exist at all on machines with strong memory ordering)
but protecting against it is practically free, so do that.

5. Remove useless state SYNC_REP_MUST_DISCONNECT, which isn't needed and
doesn't actually do anything.

There's still some further work needed here to make the behavior of fast
shutdown plausible, but that looks complex, so I'm leaving it for a
separate commit.  Review by Fujii Masao.
2011-03-17 13:12:21 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e148443ddd Document guc context values, and reference them from the config doc section.
Tom Lane
2011-03-17 00:27:01 -04:00
Robert Haas
5f588e2005 Corrections to CREATE FOREIGN TABLE documentation.
Omit incorrect = sign, and properly document server_name parameter.

Shigeru Hanada
2011-03-16 08:13:02 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a858ca19df Adjust doc wording about the casting exceptions for composite types. 2011-03-15 20:47:31 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b774efa9d5 Fix spelling error in fuzzystrmatch docs. 2011-03-15 19:50:02 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
df4a9595c2 Wording adjustment for restart_after_crash entry
Specifically, mention that "restart" is disabled by this parameter.
2011-03-15 12:43:39 -04:00
Robert Haas
f0f3617135 Minor sync rep documentation improvements.
- Make the name of the ID tag for the GUC entry match the GUC name.
- Clarify that synchronous_replication waits for xlog flush, not receipt.
- Mention that synchronous_replication won't wait if max_wal_senders=0.
2011-03-15 11:25:04 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
94fe9c0f4e Use "backend process" rather than "backend server", where appropriate. 2011-03-12 09:38:56 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
7a8f43968a In docs, rename "backwards compatibility" to "backward compatibility"
for consistency.
2011-03-11 14:33:10 -05:00
Tom Lane
e3c732a85c Create an explicit concept of collations that work for any encoding.
Use collencoding = -1 to represent such a collation in pg_collation.
We need this to make the "default" entry work sanely, and a later
patch will fix the C/POSIX entries to be represented this way instead
of duplicating them across all encodings.  All lookup operations now
search first for an entry that's database-encoding-specific, and then
for the same name with collencoding = -1.

Also some incidental code cleanup in collationcmds.c and pg_collation.c.
2011-03-11 13:20:11 -05:00
Tom Lane
ac435a79c8 Remove duplicate indexterm to silence openjade wrning. 2011-03-11 11:41:51 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
4869d10afc Update documentation on FreeBSD write cache control. 2011-03-11 11:36:42 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ffe92d15d5 Document that to_char('FM') removes only trailing zeros. 2011-03-11 10:48:30 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
a1bb5a480d Document how listen_addresses can do only IPv4 or IPv6. 2011-03-11 10:31:43 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
59bacbe147 Adds index entries for session_user and pg_describe_object
Removes extraneous closing parenthesis from pg_describe_object
Puts pg_describe_object and has_sequence_privilege in correct
alphabetical position in function listing

Thom Brown
2011-03-11 10:23:59 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
35a1964e55 In plpsql docs, use RAISE rather than undefined log function. 2011-03-11 08:47:44 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
cbd2811461 Improve extract(day) documentation with interval values. 2011-03-11 08:17:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ea5c4c71f6 Fix "unparenthesized" mention in vacuum docs. 2011-03-11 07:57:53 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3896138b7c Update kernel docs for Solaris 10.
Josh Berkus
2011-03-11 07:53:34 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
afaed3add8 Document that pg_dump --clean might generate some harmless errors on restore. 2011-03-11 07:05:38 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
06711de9d9 Document that libpq's PQgetResult() should be called after a fatal error
to fully process errors.
2011-03-11 05:55:13 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ad44d50591 Document that the parenthesized VACUUM syntax is deprecated, not the
FREEZE functionality.
2011-03-11 05:34:09 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
26174d5fd0 Reference doc "examples" section for pg_dump options that often need
complex quoting, e.g. -t and -n.
2011-03-10 19:40:23 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3aa6041db5 More wording improvements for disallowed SQL function commands. 2011-03-10 18:50:44 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
2fdd357cae Improve SQL function disallowed command wording. 2011-03-10 18:47:44 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
678a0d286c Clarify what commands are not allowed in SQL functions. 2011-03-10 18:46:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
7564654adf Revert addition of third argument to format_type().
Including collation in the behavior of that function promotes a world view
we do not want.  Moreover, it was producing the wrong behavior for pg_dump
anyway: what we want is to dump a COLLATE clause on attributes whose
attcollation is different from the underlying type, and likewise for
domains, and the function cannot do that for us.  Doing it the hard way
in pg_dump is a bit more tedious but produces more correct output.

In passing, fix initdb so that the initial entry in pg_collation is
properly pinned.  It was droppable before :-(
2011-03-10 17:30:46 -05:00
Robert Haas
1c3b434a08 Add missing index terms for recovery control functions.
Fujii Masao
2011-03-10 14:29:53 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ed0327495c Use '=' when documenting long options. 2011-03-10 09:10:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
a051ef699c Remove collation information from TypeName, where it does not belong.
The initial collations patch treated a COLLATE spec as part of a TypeName,
following what can only be described as brain fade on the part of the SQL
committee.  It's a lot more reasonable to treat COLLATE as a syntactically
separate object, so that it can be added in only the productions where it
actually belongs, rather than needing to reject it in a boatload of places
where it doesn't belong (something the original patch mostly failed to do).
In addition this change lets us meet the spec's requirement to allow
COLLATE anywhere in the clauses of a ColumnDef, and it avoids unfriendly
behavior for constructs such as "foo::type COLLATE collation".

To do this, pull collation information out of TypeName and put it in
ColumnDef instead, thus reverting most of the collation-related changes in
parse_type.c's API.  I made one additional structural change, which was to
use a ColumnDef as an intermediate node in AT_AlterColumnType AlterTableCmd
nodes.  This provides enough room to get rid of the "transform" wart in
AlterTableCmd too, since the ColumnDef can carry the USING expression
easily enough.

Also fix some other minor bugs that have crept in in the same areas,
like failure to copy recently-added fields of ColumnDef in copyfuncs.c.

While at it, document the formerly secret ability to specify a collation
in ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN TYPE, ALTER TYPE ADD ATTRIBUTE, and
ALTER TYPE ALTER ATTRIBUTE TYPE; and correct some misstatements about
what the default collation selection will be when COLLATE is omitted.

BTW, the three-parameter form of format_type() should go away too,
since it just contributes to the confusion in this area; but I'll do
that in a separate patch.
2011-03-09 22:39:20 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
01752f7bba Document that server single-user mode does not do checkpoints or other
background processing.
2011-03-09 20:19:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
49a08ca1e9 Adjust the permissions required for COMMENT ON ROLE.
Formerly, any member of a role could change the role's comment, as of
course could superusers; but holders of CREATEROLE privilege could not,
unless they were also members.  This led to the odd situation that a
CREATEROLE holder could create a role but then could not comment on it.
It also seems a bit dubious to let an unprivileged user change his own
comment, let alone those of group roles he belongs to.  So, change the
rule to be "you must be superuser to comment on a superuser role, or
hold CREATEROLE to comment on non-superuser roles".  This is the same
as the privilege check for creating/dropping roles, and thus fits much
better with the rule for other object types, namely that only the owner
of an object can comment on it.

In passing, clean up the documentation for COMMENT a little bit.

Per complaint from Owen Jacobson and subsequent discussion.
2011-03-09 11:28:34 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
c290476cbd Remove '=' from initdb switch syntax. 2011-03-09 09:48:05 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8cc55b1c0f Improve wording of initdb and pg_controldata manual pages.
gabrielle <gorthx@gmail.com>
2011-03-09 09:19:24 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
48ff3913d6 Remove 's' from recovery_target_timeline's' from the release note. 2011-03-09 20:00:11 +09:00
Itagaki Takahiro
1144726d07 synchronous_standby_names is a string parameter. 2011-03-09 19:49:16 +09:00
Robert Haas
26ed3fdb45 Make alpha release notes more consistent as regards periods. 2011-03-09 00:06:02 -05:00
Robert Haas
f14ae5f905 Update alpha release notes for latest commits. 2011-03-09 00:00:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
c0dc44ebba A bit more editing for collation documentation. 2011-03-08 22:50:38 -05:00
Robert Haas
51c0124481 Create "replication and recovery" section in alpha release notes. 2011-03-08 20:55:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
a612b17120 Assorted editing for collation documentation.
I made a pass over this to familiarize myself with the feature, and found
some things that could be improved.
2011-03-08 17:10:59 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
915cd10c16 Adjust CHAR() doc mention of pattern matching issues for trailing
spaces.
2011-03-08 12:54:00 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
7465ae06be Document that char() ignores spaces in non-pattern comparisons, not in
pattern comparisons such as LIKE and regex.
2011-03-08 11:03:40 -05:00
Tom Lane
cfcdc99db6 Improve description of inquiry functions that accept regclass.
Per a suggestion from Thom Brown, though this is not his proposed patch.
2011-03-07 16:21:26 -05:00
Tom Lane
f8c0af840d Minor copy-editing in CREATE TRIGGER reference page.
Per suggestions from Thom Brown and Robert Haas.
2011-03-07 16:00:36 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1a4ab9ec23 If recovery_target_timeline is set to 'latest' and standby mode is enabled,
periodically rescan the archive for new timelines, while waiting for new WAL
segments to arrive. This allows you to set up a standby server that follows
the TLI change if another standby server is promoted to master. Before this,
you had to restart the standby server to make it notice the new timeline.

This patch only scans the archive for TLI changes, it won't follow a TLI
change in streaming replication. That is much needed too, but it would be a
much bigger patch than I dare to sneak in this late in the release cycle.

There was discussion on improving the sanity checking of the WAL segments so
that the system would notice more reliably if the new timeline isn't an
ancestor of the current one, but that is not included in this patch.

Reviewed by Fujii Masao.
2011-03-07 21:14:47 +02:00
Robert Haas
bcf85e3f44 Reword alpha release note item on SSI.
Per Josh Berkus; some additional explanatory text by me.
2011-03-07 13:57:06 -05:00
Robert Haas
c74d3aceb9 Synchronous replication doc corrections.
Thom Brown
2011-03-07 11:59:58 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
faba108fe4 Document the DEFERRABLE option in SET TRANSACTION command.
Kevin Grittner
2011-03-07 10:43:41 +02:00
Simon Riggs
a8a8a3e096 Efficient transaction-controlled synchronous replication.
If a standby is broadcasting reply messages and we have named
one or more standbys in synchronous_standby_names then allow
users who set synchronous_replication to wait for commit, which
then provides strict data integrity guarantees. Design avoids
sending and receiving transaction state information so minimises
bookkeeping overheads. We synchronize with the highest priority
standby that is connected and ready to synchronize. Other standbys
can be defined to takeover in case of standby failure.

This version has very strict behaviour; more relaxed options
may be added at a later date.

Simon Riggs and Fujii Masao, with reviews by Yeb Havinga, Jaime
Casanova, Heikki Linnakangas and Robert Haas, plus the assistance
of many other design reviewers.
2011-03-06 22:49:16 +00:00
Tom Lane
0b5d734592 Adjust documentation about pg_pltemplate to reflect latest thinking.
It's more likely that pg_pltemplate will go away in the future than
that we'll add additional specialized infrastructure for it.
2011-03-05 15:34:10 -05:00
Tom Lane
bfd7f8cbb2 Make plpythonu language use plpython2 shared library directly.
The original scheme for this was to symlink plpython.$DLSUFFIX to
plpython2.$DLSUFFIX, but that doesn't work on Windows, and only
accidentally failed to fail because of the way that CREATE LANGUAGE created
or didn't create new C functions.  My changes of yesterday exposed the
weakness of that approach.  To fix, get rid of the symlink and make
pg_pltemplate show what's really going on.
2011-03-05 15:13:15 -05:00
Tom Lane
ba0c93a0f4 Convert createlang/droplang to use CREATE/DROP EXTENSION.
In createlang this is a one-line change.  In droplang there's a whole
lot of cruft that can be discarded since the extension mechanism now
manages removal of the language's support functions.

Also, add deprecation notices to these two programs' reference pages,
since per discussion we may toss them overboard altogether in a release
or two.
2011-03-05 14:03:06 -05:00
Robert Haas
c0f2b2e256 Remove one copy of duplicated alpha4 release note.
Noted by Andy Colson
2011-03-05 13:02:06 -05:00
Robert Haas
f31e532492 Add missing word. 2011-03-05 09:53:05 -05:00
Robert Haas
5c44f38d3b First cut at 9.1alpha4 release notes. 2011-03-05 09:36:19 -05:00
Robert Haas
a4406da967 Remove emphasis from 9.1alpha3 items.
In preparation for 9.1alpha4 release notes, where only the 9.1alpha4
features will be emphasized.
2011-03-05 07:37:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
c2903fb3d2 Update documentation to reflect that standard PLs are now extensions.
Recommend use of CREATE EXTENSION rather than plain CREATE LANGUAGE
where relevant.  Encourage PL authors to provide extension wrappers
for their PLs.
2011-03-05 01:08:38 -05:00
Tom Lane
8d3b421f5f Allow non-superusers to create (some) extensions.
Remove the unconditional superuser permissions check in CREATE EXTENSION,
and instead define a "superuser" extension property, which when false
(not the default) skips the superuser permissions check.  In this case
the calling user only needs enough permissions to execute the commands
in the extension's installation script.  The superuser property is also
enforced in the same way for ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE cases.

In other ALTER EXTENSION cases and DROP EXTENSION, test ownership of
the extension rather than superuserness.  ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP needs
to insist on ownership of the target object as well; to do that without
duplicating code, refactor comment.c's big switch for permissions checks
into a separate function in objectaddress.c.

I also removed the superuserness checks in pg_available_extensions and
related functions; there's no strong reason why everybody shouldn't
be able to see that info.

Also invent an IF NOT EXISTS variant of CREATE EXTENSION, and use that
in pg_dump, so that dumps won't fail for installed-by-default extensions.
We don't have any of those yet, but we will soon.

This is all per discussion of wrapping the standard procedural languages
into extensions.  I'll make those changes in a separate commit; this is
just putting the core infrastructure in place.
2011-03-04 16:08:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
091bda0188 Add collations to information_schema.usage_privileges
This is faked information like for domains.
2011-03-02 23:17:56 +02:00
Tom Lane
43bdf3583a Add 'collatable' to the Parameters section of CREATE TYPE. 2011-03-02 16:11:24 -05:00
Tom Lane
8436489c81 Add KNNGIST support to contrib/btree_gist.
This extends GiST's support for nearest-neighbor searches to many of the
standard data types.

Teodor Sigaev
2011-03-02 14:44:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
2f6c8453cf Fix erroneous documentation of the syntax of CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER.
The grammar requires a specific ordering of the clauses, but the
documentation showed a different order.  This error was introduced in
commit b47953f9c6, which merged the CREATE
CONSTRAINT TRIGGER documentation into the CREATE TRIGGER page.  There is
no code bug AFAICS.
2011-03-02 11:39:18 -05:00
Tom Lane
7e49330cad Correct mistaken claims about EXPLAIN ANALYZE's handling of triggers.
Time spent executing AFTER triggers is not included in the runtime of the
associated ModifyTable node; in my patch of yesterday I confused queuing of
these triggers with their actual execution.  Spotted by Marko Tiikkaja.
2011-03-02 11:17:03 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6eba5a7c57 Change pg_last_xlog_receive_location() not to move backwards. That makes
it a lot more useful for determining which standby is most up-to-date,
for example. There was long discussions on whether overwriting existing
existing WAL makes sense to begin with, and whether we should do some more
extensive variable renaming, but this change nevertheless seems quite
uncontroversial.

Fujii Masao, reviewed by Jeff Janes, Robert Haas, Stephen Frost.
2011-03-01 20:54:35 +02:00
Tom Lane
09b49a8439 Update discussion of EXPLAIN to reflect existence of ModifyTable nodes.
Back-patch to 9.0, since this was changed then.
2011-03-01 11:37:02 -05:00
Robert Haas
59d6a75942 Avoid excessive Hot Standby feedback messages.
Without this patch, when wal_receiver_status_interval=0, indicating that no
status messages should be sent, Hot Standby feedback messages are instead sent
extremely frequently.

Fujii Masao, with documentation changes by me.
2011-03-01 11:34:25 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
474a42473a PL/Python custom SPI exceptions
This provides a separate exception class for each error code that the
backend defines, as well as the ability to get the SQLSTATE from the
exception object.

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Steve Singer
2011-02-28 18:41:10 +02:00
Tom Lane
0ef0b30204 Add documentation for data-modifying statements in WITH clauses.
Marko Tiikkaja, somewhat reworked by Tom
2011-02-28 01:17:58 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
c11f1f714b Document that last vacuum statistics and counts are for non-FULL vacuums. 2011-02-27 18:04:22 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
22690719ea PL/Python explicit subtransactions
Adds a context manager, obtainable by plpy.subtransaction(), to run a
group of statements in a subtransaction.

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Steve Singer, additional scribbling by me
2011-02-27 21:15:35 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
721ea41f14 Fix markup for pg_options_to_table() to report the return column names,
per suggestion from Andrew.
2011-02-27 03:50:12 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
be6668d6ef Increase the default for wal_sender_delay from 200ms to 1s. Now that WAL
sender is immediately woken up by transaction commit, there's no need to
wake up so aggressively.
2011-02-26 23:38:25 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
58838a7a52 Document that pg_options_to_table() also works for
pg_attribute.attoptions.
2011-02-26 12:47:29 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
86434afb11 Fix doc patch --- pg_options_to_table() returns "setof record". 2011-02-26 12:26:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
bc411f25c1 Table function support for PL/Python
This allows functions with multiple OUT parameters returning both one
or multiple records (RECORD or SETOF RECORD).

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada
2011-02-26 16:53:11 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
772dcfe7c0 Document pg_options_to_table() (not previously documented) 2011-02-26 01:56:49 -05:00
Robert Haas
79ad8fc5f8 Named restore point improvements.
Emit a log message when creating a named restore point, and improve
documentation for pg_create_restore_point().

Euler Taveira de Oliveira, 	per suggestions from Thom Brown, with some
additional wordsmithing by me.
2011-02-24 19:02:00 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
2c72d7042b Update wording about information schema and name which views potentially
can have duplicates, per request from Tom.
2011-02-22 23:32:23 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
1c51c7d5ff Add PL/Python functions for quoting strings
Add functions plpy.quote_ident, plpy.quote_literal,
plpy.quote_nullable, which wrap the equivalent SQL functions.

To be able to propagate char * constness properly, make the argument
of quote_literal_cstr() const char *.  This also makes it more
consistent with quote_identifier().

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Hitoshi Harada, some refinements by Peter
Eisentraut
2011-02-22 23:41:23 +02:00
Robert Haas
3e6b305d9e Fix a couple of unlogged tables goofs.
"SELECT ... INTO UNLOGGED tabname" works, but wasn't documented; CREATE
UNLOGGED SEQUENCE and CREATE UNLOGGED VIEW failed an assertion, instead
of throwing a sensible error.

Latter issue reported by Itagaki Takahiro; patch review by Tom Lane.
2011-02-22 14:46:19 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
edb382179d Reword information_schema duplicate constraint warning text. 2011-02-22 09:06:56 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
fee7802770 Move information_schema duplicate constraint note to the top of the
information schema documentation because it affects several tables.
2011-02-21 20:14:02 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ede45e90dd Update docs about new role privileges reference, per Alvaro. 2011-02-21 09:15:48 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
3cba8240a1 Add ENCODING option to COPY TO/FROM and file_fdw.
File encodings can be specified separately from client encoding.
If not specified, client encoding is used for backward compatibility.

Cases when the encoding doesn't match client encoding are slower
than matched cases because we don't have conversion procs for other
encodings. Performance improvement would be be a future work.

Original patch by Hitoshi Harada, and modified by me.
2011-02-21 14:32:40 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
48d25bac9f Merge two documentation permission chapters into a single chapter. 2011-02-20 22:21:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
7c5d0ae707 Add contrib/file_fdw foreign-data wrapper for reading files via COPY.
This is both very useful in its own right, and an important test case
for the core FDW support.

This commit includes a small refactoring of copy.c to expose its option
checking code as a separately callable function.  The original patch
submission duplicated hundreds of lines of that code, which seemed pretty
unmaintainable.

Shigeru Hanada, reviewed by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane
2011-02-20 14:06:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
bb74240794 Implement an API to let foreign-data wrappers actually be functional.
This commit provides the core code and documentation needed.  A contrib
module test case will follow shortly.

Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
2011-02-20 00:18:14 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
d5813488a4 Adjust documentation wording of window function ORDER BY to not mention
avg() because it was inaccurate.
2011-02-20 00:01:08 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8c0f1e2762 Documentation update for UTF16 surrogate pairs in UTF8 encoding.
Marko Kreen
2011-02-19 19:00:19 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
e07ae21f7e Document that an SQL-standard-compliant query that expects a unique row
from information_schema.referential_constraints might return several in
Postgres because we allow duplicate-named constraints in the same
schema.
2011-02-19 18:21:36 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
02e14562a8 Set psql client encoding from locale by default
Add a new libpq connection option client_encoding (which includes the
existing PGCLIENTENCODING environment variable), which besides an
encoding name accepts a special value "auto" that tries to determine
the encoding from the locale in the client's environment, using the
mechanisms that have been in use in initdb.

psql sets this new connection option to "auto" when running from a
terminal and not overridden by setting PGCLIENTENCODING.

original code by Heikki Linnakangas, with subsequent contributions by
Jaime Casanova, Peter Eisentraut, Stephen Frost, Ibrar Ahmed
2011-02-19 08:54:58 +02:00
Tom Lane
327e025071 Create the catalog infrastructure for foreign-data-wrapper handlers.
Add a fdwhandler column to pg_foreign_data_wrapper, plus HANDLER options
in the CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER and ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER commands,
plus pg_dump support for same.  Also invent a new pseudotype fdw_handler
with properties similar to language_handler.

This is split out of the "FDW API" patch for ease of review; it's all stuff
we will certainly need, regardless of any other details of the FDW API.
FDW handler functions will not actually get called yet.

In passing, fix some omissions and infelicities in foreigncmds.c.

Shigeru Hanada, Jan Urbanski, Heikki Linnakangas
2011-02-19 00:07:15 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
4077980d67 Improve text search prefix doc addition. 2011-02-18 23:23:52 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5bba4948eb Document that text search comparisons happen after text search
configuration rules.

Erik Rijkers
2011-02-18 22:39:52 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
62c7bd31c8 Add transaction-level advisory locks.
They share the same locking namespace with the existing session-level
advisory locks, but they are automatically released at the end of the
current transaction and cannot be released explicitly via unlock
functions.

Marko Tiikkaja, reviewed by me.
2011-02-18 14:05:12 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
87bb2ade2c Convert Postgres arrays to Perl arrays on PL/perl input arguments
More generally, arrays are turned in Perl array references, and row and
composite types are turned into Perl hash references.  This is done
recursively, in a way that's natural to every Perl programmer.

To avoid a backwards compatibility hit, the string representation of
each structure is also available if the function requests it.

Authors: Alexey Klyukin and Alex Hunsaker.
Some code cleanups by me.
2011-02-17 22:20:40 -03:00
Robert Haas
4a25bc145a Add client_hostname field to pg_stat_activity.
Peter Eisentraut, reviewed by Steve Singer, Alvaro Herrera, and me.
2011-02-17 16:03:28 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
4f2cfc5bb4 Typo fix
Erik Rijkers
2011-02-17 15:57:37 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
3472a2b056 Remove doc mention about read committed in upsert example. 2011-02-17 14:24:14 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
f87712d208 Document that plpgsql upsert example can fail if insert triggers return
unique exception, or if not used in read committed transaction mode.
2011-02-17 13:36:36 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
732808c087 In documentation example, use concat_values() instead of concat()
because concat() is a built-in function.

Erik Rijkers
2011-02-17 12:37:13 -05:00
Robert Haas
9408783aef Typo fixes.
Thom Brown
2011-02-17 08:07:31 -05:00
Robert Haas
24bc6b3db3 Remove rule to build sepgsql-regtest.pp.
Instead, document how to build it manually.

Per discussion.  KaiGai Kohei, with some wordsmithing by me.
2011-02-17 06:40:32 -05:00
Simon Riggs
bca8b7f16a Hot Standby feedback for avoidance of cleanup conflicts on standby.
Standby optionally sends back information about oldestXmin of queries
which is then checked and applied to the WALSender's proc->xmin.
GetOldestXmin() is modified slightly to agree with GetSnapshotData(),
so that all backends on primary include WALSender within their snapshots.
Note this does nothing to change the snapshot xmin on either master or
standby. Feedback piggybacks on the standby reply message.
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age is no longer used on standby, though parameter
still exists on primary, since some use cases still exist.

Simon Riggs, review comments from Fujii Masao, Heikki Linnakangas, Robert Haas
2011-02-16 19:29:37 +00:00
Tom Lane
6e02755b22 Add FOREACH IN ARRAY looping to plpgsql.
(I'm not entirely sure that we've finished bikeshedding the syntax details,
but the functionality seems OK.)

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
2011-02-16 01:53:03 -05:00
Robert Haas
4695da5ae9 pg_ctl promote
Fujii Masao, reviewed by Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, and Magnus Hagander.
2011-02-15 21:30:23 -05:00
Robert Haas
883a9659fa Assorted corrections to the patch to add WAL receiver replies.
Per reports from Fujii Masao.
2011-02-15 12:05:00 -05:00
Robert Haas
6a77e9385e Rename max_predicate_locks_per_transaction.
The new name, max_pred_locks_per_transaction, is shorter.

Kevin Grittner, per discussion.
2011-02-15 08:04:55 -05:00
Robert Haas
0d90dc16f8 Avoid a few more SET DATA TYPE table rewrites.
When the new type is an unconstrained domain over the old type, we don't
need to rewrite the table.

Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-02-14 23:40:05 -05:00
Simon Riggs
0ff1b73509 Additional required docs for pg_constraint catalog entry
Noted by Bernd Helmle
2011-02-15 00:59:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
555353c0c5 Rearrange extension-related views as per recent discussion.
The original design of pg_available_extensions did not consider the
possibility of version-specific control files.  Split it into two views:
pg_available_extensions shows information that is generic about an
extension, while pg_available_extension_versions shows all available
versions together with information that could be version-dependent.
Also, add an SRF pg_extension_update_paths() to assist in checking that
a collection of update scripts provide sane update path sequences.
2011-02-14 19:22:36 -05:00
Tom Lane
cee103da14 Small improvements to external-projects documentation. 2011-02-14 19:22:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
f1fb4b0e63 Fix obsolete references to old-style contrib installation methods. 2011-02-14 01:10:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
e693e97d75 Support replacing MODULE_PATHNAME during extension script file execution.
This avoids the need to find a way to make PGXS' .sql.in-to-.sql rule
insert the right thing.  We'll just deprecate use of that hack for
extensions.
2011-02-13 22:54:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
27d5d7ab10 Change the naming convention for extension files to use double dashes.
This allows us to have an unambiguous rule for deconstructing the names
of script files and secondary control files, without having to forbid
extension and version names from containing any dashes.  We do have to
forbid them from containing double dashes or leading/trailing dashes,
but neither restriction is likely to bother anyone in practice.
Per discussion, this seems like a better solution overall than the
original design.
2011-02-13 22:54:42 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5569ae52ae Clarify documentation for libpq's PQescapeBytea to mention the new hex
format.

Modify PQescapeStringConn() docs to be consisent with other escaping
functions.

Add mention problems with pre-9.0 versions of libpq using not understanding
bytea hex format to the 9.0 release notes.

Backpatch to 9.0 docs.
2011-02-13 09:29:01 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
cebbaa1d5d Back out libpq doc change; not ready yet. 2011-02-13 00:17:55 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8e7af60872 Fix reverse 'if' test in path_is_relative_and_below_cwd(), per Tom. 2011-02-13 00:14:47 -05:00
Tom Lane
6c2e734f0a Refactor ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE to have cleaner multi-step semantics.
This change causes a multi-step update sequence to behave exactly as if the
updates had been commanded one at a time, including updating the "requires"
dependencies afresh at each step.  The initial implementation took the
shortcut of examining only the final target version's "requires" and
changing the catalog entry but once.  But on reflection that's a bad idea,
since it could lead to executing old update scripts under conditions
different than they were designed/tested for.  Better to expend a few extra
cycles and avoid any surprises.

In the same spirit, if a CREATE EXTENSION FROM operation involves applying
a series of update files, it will act as though the CREATE had first been
done using the initial script's target version and then the additional
scripts were invoked with ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE.

I also removed the restriction about not changing encoding in secondary
control files.  The new rule is that a script is assumed to be in whatever
encoding the control file(s) specify for its target version.  Since this
reimplementation causes us to read each intermediate version's control
file, there's no longer any uncertainty about which encoding setting would
get applied.
2011-02-12 16:40:41 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b313bca0af DDL support for collations
- collowner field
- CREATE COLLATION
- ALTER COLLATION
- DROP COLLATION
- COMMENT ON COLLATION
- integration with extensions
- pg_dump support for the above
- dependency management
- psql tab completion
- psql \dO command
2011-02-12 15:55:18 +02:00
Robert Haas
d31e2a495b Teach ALTER TABLE .. SET DATA TYPE to avoid some table rewrites.
When the old type is binary coercible to the new type and the using
clause does not change the column contents, we can avoid a full table
rewrite, though any indexes on the affected columns will still need
to be rebuilt.  This applies, for example, when changing a varchar
column to be of type text.

The prior coding assumed that the set of operations that force a
rewrite is identical to the set of operations that must be propagated
to tables making use of the affected table's rowtype.  This is
no longer true: even though the tuples in those tables wouldn't
need to be modified, the data type change invalidate indexes built
using those composite type columns.  Indexes on the table we're
actually modifying can be invalidated too, of course, but the
existing machinery is sufficient to handle that case.

Along the way, add some debugging messages that make it possible
to understand what operations ALTER TABLE is actually performing
in these cases.

Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-02-12 08:27:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
24d1280c4d Clean up installation directory choices for extensions.
Arrange for the control files to be in $SHAREDIR/extension not
$SHAREDIR/contrib, since we're generally trying to deprecate the term
"contrib" and this is a once-in-many-moons opportunity to get rid of it in
install paths.  Fix PGXS to install the $EXTENSION file into that directory
no matter what MODULEDIR is set to; a nondefault MODULEDIR should only
affect the script and secondary extension files.  Fix the control file
directory parameter to be interpreted relative to $SHAREDIR, to avoid a
surprising disconnect between how you specify that and what you set
MODULEDIR to.

Per discussion with David Wheeler.
2011-02-11 22:53:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
1214749901 Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE.
This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from
Dimitri's original.  There will probably be more changes once we get a bit
of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it.

This is still just core code.  I'll start converting contrib modules
shortly.

Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-11 21:25:57 -05:00
Tom Lane
01467d3e4f Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well.
Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later,
and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 17:37:22 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b186523fd9 Send status updates back from standby server to master, indicating how far
the standby has written, flushed, and applied the WAL. At the moment, this
is for informational purposes only, the values are only shown in
pg_stat_replication system view, but in the future they will also be needed
for synchronous replication.

Extracted from Simon riggs' synchronous replication patch by Robert Haas, with
some tweaking by me.
2011-02-10 21:04:02 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
4c468b37a2 Track last time for statistics reset on databases and bgwriter
Tracks one counter for each database, which is reset whenever
the statistics for any individual object inside the database is
reset, and one counter for the background writer.

Tomas Vondra, reviewed by Greg Smith
2011-02-10 15:14:04 +01:00
Andrew Dunstan
2ad0348677 Use correct name and URL for MinGW-w64, error noticed by Gurjeet Singh. 2011-02-10 04:47:32 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
5478f991c9 Fix typo in the documentation.
by Kevin Grittner
2011-02-10 10:58:18 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
2e2d56fea9 Information schema views for collation support
Add the views character_sets, collations, and
collation_character_set_applicability.
2011-02-09 23:26:48 +02:00
Tom Lane
5bc178b89f Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object".
This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable;
first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing
installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into
the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it
in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion.

Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE
patch.
2011-02-09 11:56:37 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
70802e0dbe Remove more SGML tabs. 2011-02-09 08:16:49 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ee4b67fcff Remove tabs in SGML file. 2011-02-09 08:15:38 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
3144c33a2f Implement NOWAIT option for BASE_BACKUP command
Specifying this option makes the server not wait for the
xlog to be archived, or emit a warning that it can't,
instead leaving the responsibility with the client.

This is useful when the log is being streamed using
the streaming protocol in parallel with the backup,
without having log archiving enabled.
2011-02-09 10:59:53 +01:00
Tom Lane
d9572c4e3b Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects.
This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions.
There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice
with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make
all the contrib modules depend on this feature.

In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in
AlterObjectNamespace() and callers.

Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen,
Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 16:13:22 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
414c5a2ea6 Per-column collation support
This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause
to override it per expression, and B-tree index support.

Peter Eisentraut
reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 23:04:18 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1703f0e8da Fix typo, by Kevin Grittner. 2011-02-08 21:48:03 +02:00
Simon Riggs
c016ce7281 Named restore points in recovery. Users can record named points, then
new recovery.conf parameter recovery_target_name allows PITR to
specify named points as recovery targets.

Jaime Casanova, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira, plus minor edits
2011-02-08 19:39:08 +00:00
Simon Riggs
8c6e3adbf7 Basic Recovery Control functions for use in Hot Standby. Pause, Resume,
Status check functions only. Also, new recovery.conf parameter to
pause_at_recovery_target, default on.

Simon Riggs, reviewed by Fujii Masao
2011-02-08 18:30:22 +00:00
Simon Riggs
722bf7017b Extend ALTER TABLE to allow Foreign Keys to be added without initial validation.
FK constraints that are marked NOT VALID may later be VALIDATED, which uses an
ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on constraint table and RowShareLock on referenced
table. Significantly reduces lock strength and duration when adding FKs.
New state visible from psql.

Simon Riggs, with reviews from Marko Tiikkaja and Robert Haas
2011-02-08 12:23:20 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7202ad7b8d Fix copy-pasto in description of pg_serial, and silence compiler warning
about uninitialized field you get on some compilers.
2011-02-08 09:05:13 +02:00
Robert Haas
32896c40ca Avoid having autovacuum workers wait for relation locks.
Waiting for relation locks can lead to starvation - it pins down an
autovacuum worker for as long as the lock is held.  But if we're doing
an anti-wraparound vacuum, then we still wait; maintenance can no longer
be put off.

To assist with troubleshooting, if log_autovacuum_min_duration >= 0,
we log whenever an autovacuum or autoanalyze is skipped for this reason.

Per a gripe by Josh Berkus, and ensuing discussion.
2011-02-07 22:04:29 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
47082fa875 Oops, forgot to bump catversion in the Serializable Snapshot Isolation patch.
I thought we didn't need that, but then I remembered that it added a new
SLRU subdirectory, pg_serial. While we're at it, document what pg_serial is.
2011-02-08 00:24:23 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dafaa3efb7 Implement genuine serializable isolation level.
Until now, our Serializable mode has in fact been what's called Snapshot
Isolation, which allows some anomalies that could not occur in any
serialized ordering of the transactions. This patch fixes that using a
method called Serializable Snapshot Isolation, based on research papers by
Michael J. Cahill (see README-SSI for full references). In Serializable
Snapshot Isolation, transactions run like they do in Snapshot Isolation,
but a predicate lock manager observes the reads and writes performed and
aborts transactions if it detects that an anomaly might occur. This method
produces some false positives, ie. it sometimes aborts transactions even
though there is no anomaly.

To track reads we implement predicate locking, see storage/lmgr/predicate.c.
Whenever a tuple is read, a predicate lock is acquired on the tuple. Shared
memory is finite, so when a transaction takes many tuple-level locks on a
page, the locks are promoted to a single page-level lock, and further to a
single relation level lock if necessary. To lock key values with no matching
tuple, a sequential scan always takes a relation-level lock, and an index
scan acquires a page-level lock that covers the search key, whether or not
there are any matching keys at the moment.

A predicate lock doesn't conflict with any regular locks or with another
predicate locks in the normal sense. They're only used by the predicate lock
manager to detect the danger of anomalies. Only serializable transactions
participate in predicate locking, so there should be no extra overhead for
for other transactions.

Predicate locks can't be released at commit, but must be remembered until
all the transactions that overlapped with it have completed. That means that
we need to remember an unbounded amount of predicate locks, so we apply a
lossy but conservative method of tracking locks for committed transactions.
If we run short of shared memory, we overflow to a new "pg_serial" SLRU
pool.

We don't currently allow Serializable transactions in Hot Standby mode.
That would be hard, because even read-only transactions can cause anomalies
that wouldn't otherwise occur.

Serializable isolation mode now means the new fully serializable level.
Repeatable Read gives you the old Snapshot Isolation level that we have
always had.

Kevin Grittner and Dan Ports, reviewed by Jeff Davis, Heikki Linnakangas and
Anssi Kääriäinen
2011-02-08 00:09:08 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
ad76242633 remove tags. 2011-02-06 18:44:43 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
50d89d422f Force strings passed to and from plperl to be in UTF8 encoding.
String are converted to UTF8 on the way into perl and to the
database encoding on the way back. This avoids a number of
observed anomalies, and ensures Perl a consistent view of the
world.

Some minor code cleanups are also accomplished.

Alex Hunsaker, reviewed by Andy Colson.
2011-02-06 17:29:26 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5ed45ac09c Adjust libpq docs to be clearer about 'hostaddr' usage by rewording and
using an itemized list.
2011-02-06 12:04:42 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8e6ae3d79c Add doc comment that installation.sgml can't use xrefs. 2011-02-04 17:30:54 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
b157a1d555 In docs, move PQrequestCancel() deprecation mention up to match other
libpq doc mentions.
2011-02-04 14:23:35 -05:00
Robert Haas
edad08ba54 Update ALTER TABLE docs to mention using VACUUM FULL for rewrites.
Remove the claim that ALTER TABLE .. SET DATA TYPE is the fastest way of
rewriting a table, since it no longer is.

Noah Misch and Robert Haas, based on a suggestion from Tom Lane.
2011-02-04 13:08:56 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
afb6dee1e3 Attempt to un-break the documentation build again
Another case of <xref linkend> in the documentation that
builds INSTALL, which is not allowed.
2011-02-04 15:24:49 +01:00
Robert Haas
ddfe26f644 Avoid maintaining three separate copies of the error codes list.
src/pl/plpgsql/src/plerrcodes.h, src/include/utils/errcodes.h, and a
big chunk of errcodes.sgml are now automatically generated from a single
file, src/backend/utils/errcodes.txt.

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Tom Lane.
2011-02-03 22:32:49 -05:00
Robert Haas
7212c77d0c ALTER TABLE sometimes takes only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
Along the way, be more consistent about the wording we use here.
2011-02-03 15:14:27 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
df63aac678 In docs, PL is Procedural Language, not Programming Language.
Satoshi Nagayasu
2011-02-03 11:54:07 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
76129e7f14 Include more status information in walsender results
Add the current xlog insert location to the response of
IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, and adds result sets containing start
and stop location of backups to BASE_BACKUP responses.
2011-02-03 13:46:23 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
f001cb38b6 Fix typo.
Thom Brown
2011-02-03 11:24:47 +01:00
Robert Haas
4c4daf6710 Further sepgsql documentation cleanup. 2011-02-03 00:23:44 -05:00
Robert Haas
4ff9dec138 sepgsql doc fix
KaiGai Kohei
2011-02-02 23:47:45 -05:00
Robert Haas
0af695fd43 Log restartpoints in the same fashion as checkpoints.
Prior to 9.0, restartpoints never created, deleted, or recycled WAL
files, but now they can.  This code makes log_checkpoints treat
checkpoints and restartpoints symmetrically.  It also adjusts up
the documentation of the parameter to mention restartpoints.

Fujii Masao.  Docs by me, as suggested by Itagaki Takahiro.
2011-02-02 21:08:53 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
03c25dd900 Mark all GUC variables with <varname> markup, rather than <literal>. 2011-02-02 18:06:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
0c5933d010 Wrap PL/Python SPI calls into subtransactions
This allows the language-specific try/catch construct to catch and
handle exceptions arising from SPI calls, matching the behavior of
other PLs.

As an additional bonus you no longer get all the ugly "unrecognized
error in PLy_spi_execute_query" errors.

Jan Urbański, reviewed by Steve Singer
2011-02-02 22:06:10 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
5a6ba62be5 Document that CREATE VIEW that uses "*" for the column list will not
auto-add columns later added to the base table.
2011-02-01 17:17:34 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
d56d246e70 Properly capitalize hyphenated words in documentation titles. 2011-02-01 17:00:26 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
7106f74e2a Clarify documentation to state that "zero_damaged_pages" does not force
data to disk, so the table or index should be recreated before the
parameter is turned off again.
2011-02-01 16:44:22 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
6c6e6f7fd3 Document that effective cache size does not assume data remains in the
cache between queries.
2011-02-01 15:23:35 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
e8cdc238cf Document that Slony can do upgrades easier _because_ it supports
replication between different Postgres major versions.
2011-02-01 15:21:22 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
902aae5ec5 Clarify pg_upgrade install instructions, per suggestion from Robert Haas. 2011-02-01 13:57:43 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
d2888d1ca3 Add missing period "." in pg_upgrade documentation. 2011-02-01 13:53:04 -05:00
Simon Riggs
56b21b7ae3 Re-classify ERRCODE_DATABASE_DROPPED to 57P04 2011-02-01 08:44:01 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
03282bfa89 Add a link from client_encoding parameter to the list of character sets
in documentation.

Thom Brown
2011-02-01 14:26:17 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
00dd340210 Improve docs for pg_authid encryption description with better markup and
a mention of unencrypted passwords.
2011-01-31 22:53:58 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
2dbed56c5a In pg_authid.rolpassword docs, make "md5" appear as a literal. 2011-01-31 22:29:10 -05:00
Tom Lane
6e2f3ae884 Support LIKE and ILIKE index searches via contrib/pg_trgm indexes.
Unlike Btree-based LIKE optimization, this works for non-left-anchored
search patterns.  The effectiveness of the search depends on how many
trigrams can be extracted from the pattern.  (The worst case, with no
trigrams, degrades to a full-table scan, so this isn't a panacea.  But
it can be very useful.)

Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Jan Urbanski
2011-01-31 21:34:49 -05:00
Simon Riggs
9e95c9ad55 Create new errcode for recovery conflict caused by db drop on master.
Previously reported as ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN, this case is now
reported as ERRCODE_T_R_DATABASE_DROPPED. No message text change.
Unlikely to happen on most servers, so low impact change to allow
session poolers to correctly handle this situation.

Tatsuo Ishii, edits by me, review by Robert Haas
2011-02-01 00:20:53 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
44df84df72 Remove spurious word, spotted by Thom Brown. 2011-01-31 22:52:27 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
49450f01ec Update pg_upgrade docs to mention its use in a less risk-warning way,
and update the pg_upgrade docs to mention its reliance on no changes to
the storage format (the later based on Robert Haas's patch).
2011-01-31 15:21:51 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ff20fbd6c2 Fix SGML markup for upgrade doc addition. 2011-01-31 14:58:49 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
51be78b09a Update docs on building for Windows to accomodate current reality.
Document how to build 64 bit Windows binaries using the MinGW64 tool set.
Remove recommendation against using Mingw as a build platform.
Be more specific about when Cygwin is useful and when it's not,  in
particular note its usefulness for running psql, and
add a note about building on Cygwin in non-C locales.

Per recent discussions.
2011-01-31 13:40:45 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
c5ba11f8fb Move upgrade instructions into its own section under "Server Setup and
Operation", merged from upgrade sections in "Installation from Source
Code" and "Backup and Restore".  This now gives a single place for all
upgrade information.
2011-01-31 12:32:03 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
997b48ed96 Support multiple concurrent pg_basebackup backups.
With this patch, pg_basebackup doesn't write a backup_label file in the
data directory, so it doesn't interfere with a pg_start/stop_backup() based
backup anymore. backup_label is still included in the backup, but it is
injected directly into the tar stream.

Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Magnus Hagander.
2011-01-31 18:25:39 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
507069de6d Add option to include WAL in base backup
When included, this makes the base backup a complete working
"clone" of the initial database, ready to have a postmaster
started against it without the need to set up any log archiving
or similar.

Magnus Hagander, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Heikki Linnakangas
2011-01-30 21:30:09 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
5d5678d7c3 Properly capitalize documentation headings; some only had initial-word
capitalization.
2011-01-29 13:01:48 -05:00
Tom Lane
6f489dca65 Make installation.sgml build standalone again.
We must not try to link to sections that aren't part of the standalone
"make INSTALL" build.  Corrects build failure introduced in commit
159e3d8629.
2011-01-29 12:51:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
b2826ad52d Copy-edit a paragraph in the contrib/seg documentation.
Although this improves the style, an ulterior motive is to keep the two
table links from breaking across lines in PDF output, per complaint from
Josh Kupershmidt.
2011-01-28 14:34:42 -05:00
Tom Lane
20a0f97273 Rephrase pg_conversion description to avoid splitting link across page.
The link to the CREATE CONVERSION manual page was split across a page
boundary in the PDF output, leading to "\pdfendlink ended up in different
nesting level than \pdfstartlink" error while building PDFs.

It wouldn't be worth changing text that's undergoing active editing to
avoid this, since other editing might result in moving the link away from
the page end anyway.  But this paragraph has been static for a long time,
so might as well fix it to prevent it from being an issue in future.
2011-01-27 18:42:12 -05:00
Tom Lane
4305462497 Update release notes.
Security: CVE-2010-4015
2011-01-27 17:47:10 -05:00
Tom Lane
29d442199a Update release notes for releases 9.0.3, 8.4.7, 8.3.14, and 8.2.20. 2011-01-27 16:09:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
85f345bec2 Improve grammar and spelling in durability discussion. 2011-01-27 12:48:57 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
b34ee30115 Update non-durable docs about non-synchronous-commit allowing
transaction loss for a _database_ crash.
2011-01-27 12:06:56 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
81c48aeaa8 Restructure streaming docs so streaming seems more integrated in the
paragraphs, per suggestion from Dan Birken.
2011-01-26 19:54:41 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
159e3d8629 Update contrib documention mentions to point to actual documentation
sections, rather than just calling it "/contrib/module_name".

Also update pg_test_fsync build instructions now that it is in /contrib.
2011-01-26 09:22:21 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
e84730a916 Update sync commit performance documentation to be consistent with other
non-durable items, per Robert Haas.
2011-01-26 09:15:52 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
69039ea8b5 Make 'on' uppercase in a sql example. 2011-01-26 22:35:01 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
a91c950658 Update warning about synchronous-commit durability, per suggestion from
Robvert Haas.
2011-01-25 20:32:26 -05:00
Robert Haas
2b2b2ae2aa Correct ALTER TYPE -> SET DATA TYPE in ALTER TABLE documentation.
The latter is the correct name of the operation to change the data type
of a column.

Noah Misch
2011-01-25 18:52:49 -05:00
Tom Lane
5042d16d12 Remove old claim that ExclusiveLock is sometimes taken on system catalogs.
We used to do that on pg_listener, but pg_listener is no more.

Also add a bit more documentation for ShareRowExclusive mode.
2011-01-25 18:39:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
558d1c95ae Fix thinko in ALTER FOREIGN TABLE documentation.
Noah Misch
2011-01-25 17:56:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
bd1ad1b019 Replace pg_class.relhasexclusion with pg_index.indisexclusion.
There isn't any need to track this state on a table-wide basis, and trying
to do so introduces undesirable semantic fuzziness.  Move the flag to
pg_index, where it clearly describes just a single index and can be
immutable after index creation.
2011-01-25 17:51:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
88452d5ba6 Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX.
This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an
already-existing unique index.  While the constraint isn't very
functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that
for documentation purposes.  The main advantage over just issuing a plain
ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the
table is locked against updates.

On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create()
so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create
the index constraint's catalog entries.  Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass
around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on
notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't
have one before.

Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 15:43:05 -05:00
Robert Haas
ea2c2641f9 More documentation cleanup for sepgsql.
Thom Brown and Robert Haas
2011-01-24 08:42:44 -05:00
Robert Haas
194c8f713a First round of cleanup of sepgsql code and documentation.
Robert Haas, with a few suggestions from Thom Brown
2011-01-23 22:48:22 -05:00
Robert Haas
968bc6fac9 sepgsql, an SE-Linux integration for PostgreSQL
This is still pretty rough - among other things, the documentation
needs work, and the messages need a visit from the style police -
but this gets the basic framework in place.

KaiGai Kohei
2011-01-23 20:48:27 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7f508f1c6b Add 'directory' format to pg_dump. The new directory format is compatible
with the 'tar' format, in that untarring a tar format archive produces a
valid directory format archive.

Joachim Wieland and Heikki Linnakangas
2011-01-23 23:10:15 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
f88a638199 Only show pg_stat_replication details to superusers 2011-01-23 17:28:19 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
048d148fe6 Add pg_basebackup tool for streaming base backups
This tool makes it possible to do the pg_start_backup/
copy files/pg_stop_backup step in a single command.

There are still some steps to be done before this is a
complete backup solution, such as the ability to stream
the required WAL logs, but it's still usable, and
could do with some buildfarm coverage.

In passing, make the checkpoint request optionally
fast instead of hardcoding it.

Magnus Hagander, reviewed by Fujii Masao and Dimitri Fontaine
2011-01-23 12:21:23 +01:00
Tom Lane
0f73aae13d Allow the wal_buffers setting to be auto-tuned to a reasonable value.
If wal_buffers is initially set to -1 (which is now the default), it's
replaced by 1/32nd of shared_buffers, with a minimum of 8 (the old default)
and a maximum of the XLOG segment size.  The allowed range for manual
settings is still from 4 up to whatever will fit in shared memory.

Greg Smith, with implementation correction by me.
2011-01-22 20:31:24 -05:00
Tom Lane
bc616703e8 Clean up pg_test_fsync commit.
Actually rename the program, rather than just claiming we did.  Hook it
into the build system.  Get rid of useless dependency on libpq.  Clean up
#include list and messy whitespace.
2011-01-21 19:27:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
0cf3db2175 Fix broken markup, also minor copy-editing. 2011-01-21 18:42:46 -05:00
Robert Haas
d3b372e92d Emphasize where OVER needs to be when using a window function.
Jeff Turner
2011-01-21 12:59:15 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5925aa09a9 Update SGML docs to point to new /contrib/pg_test_fsync. 2011-01-21 12:52:16 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
606a3d54fc Move test_fsync to /contrib. 2011-01-21 12:47:54 -05:00
Robert Haas
9c5e2c120b Add new psql command \dL to list languages.
Original patch by Fernando Ike, revived by Josh Kuperschmidt, reviewed by Andreas
Karlsson, and in earlier versions by Tom Lane and Peter Eisentraut.
2011-01-20 00:00:30 -05:00
Robert Haas
92f7eebbbd Document that WITH queries are also called Common Table Expressions.
Peter Geoghegan, reviewed by Stephen Frost
2011-01-19 21:19:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
357faea82e Show correct datatype for pg_class.relpersistence, plus a typo fix.
Thom Brown
2011-01-19 16:09:08 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
74bcdfbe2d In the docs, better distinguish server from client SSL settings in the documentation.
Ray Stell

Also fix some libpq title capitalization problems.
2011-01-17 21:30:28 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
fcd810c69a Use a lexer and grammar for parsing walsender commands
Makes it easier to parse mainly the BASE_BACKUP command
with it's options, and avoids having to manually deal
with quoted identifiers in the label (previously broken),
and makes it easier to add new commands and options in
the future.

In passing, refactor the case statement in the walsender
to put each command in it's own function.
2011-01-14 16:30:33 +01:00
Tom Lane
52948169bc Code review for postmaster.pid contents changes.
Fix broken test for pre-existing postmaster, caused by wrong code for
appending lines to the lockfile; don't write a failed listen_address
setting into the lockfile; don't arbitrarily change the location of the
data directory in the lockfile compared to previous releases; provide more
consistent and useful definitions of the socket path and listen_address
entries; avoid assuming that pg_ctl has the same DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR as
the postmaster; assorted code style improvements.
2011-01-13 19:01:28 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
712dd95370 More libpq documentation adjustments from Leslie S Satenstein, reviewed
by Robert Haas.
2011-01-13 12:09:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
35eb0958be Don't run regression tests in SQL_ASCII encoding by default
Instead, run them in the encoding that the locale selects, which is
more representative of real use.

Also document how locale and encoding for regression test runs can be
selected.
2011-01-13 09:16:55 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
a0423ec02d Apply libpq documentation patches submitted by Leslie S Satenstein and
reviewed by Robert Haas.
2011-01-12 20:50:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
7a32ff9732 Revert patch adding support for logging the current role.
This reverts commit a8a8867912, committed
by me earlier today (2011-01-12).  This isn't safe inside an aborted
transaction.

Noted by Tom Lane.
2011-01-12 11:59:21 -05:00
Robert Haas
a8a8867912 Add support for logging the current role.
Stephen Frost, with some editorialization by me.
2011-01-12 11:34:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b95ea9dd62 Add some subsection headings 2011-01-11 22:47:58 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
4c8e20f815 Track walsender state in shared memory and expose in pg_stat_replication 2011-01-11 21:25:28 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
1c400d3309 Typo fix
Josh Kupershmidt
2011-01-11 10:45:16 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
0eb59c4591 Backend support for streaming base backups
Add BASE_BACKUP command to walsender, allowing it to stream a
base backup to the client (in tar format). The syntax is still
far from ideal, that will be fixed in the switch to use a proper
grammar for walsender.

No client included yet, will come as a separate commit.

Magnus Hagander and Heikki Linnakangas
2011-01-10 14:04:19 +01:00
Tom Lane
fdf2dbda3f Fix assorted corner-case bugs in contrib/intarray.
The array containment operators now behave per mathematical expectation
for empty arrays (ie, an empty array is contained in anything).
Both these operators and the query_int operators now work as expected in
GiST and GIN index searches, rather than having corner cases where the
index searches gave different answers.

Also, fix unexpected failures where the operators would claim that an array
contained nulls, when in fact there was no longer any null present (similar
to bug #5784).  The restriction to not have nulls is still there, as
removing it would take a lot of added code complexity and probably slow
things down significantly.

Also, remove the arbitrary restriction to 1-D arrays; unlike the other
restriction, this was buying us nothing performance-wise.

Assorted cosmetic improvements and marginal performance improvements, too.
2011-01-09 00:39:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
7e2f906201 Remove pg_am.amindexnulls.
The only use we have had for amindexnulls is in determining whether an
index is safe to cluster on; but since the addition of the amclusterable
flag, that usage is pretty redundant.

In passing, clean up assorted sloppiness from the last patch that touched
pg_am.h: Natts_pg_am was wrong, and ambuildempty was not documented.
2011-01-08 16:08:05 -05:00
Robert Haas
af84bee43e Remove bogus claims regarding createuser defaults.
Josh Kupershmidt
2011-01-08 06:12:05 -05:00
Tom Lane
73912e7fbd Fix GIN to support null keys, empty and null items, and full index scans.
Per my recent proposal(s).  Null key datums can now be returned by
extractValue and extractQuery functions, and will be stored in the index.
Also, placeholder entries are made for indexable items that are NULL or
contain no keys according to extractValue.  This means that the index is
now always complete, having at least one entry for every indexed heap TID,
and so we can get rid of the prohibition on full-index scans.  A full-index
scan is implemented much the same way as partial-match scans were already:
we build a bitmap representing all the TIDs found in the index, and then
drive the results off that.

Also, introduce a concept of a "search mode" that can be requested by
extractQuery when the operator requires matching to empty items (this is
just as cheap as matching to a single key) or requires a full index scan
(which is not so cheap, but it sure beats failing or giving wrong answers).
The behavior remains backward compatible for opclasses that don't return
any null keys or request a non-default search mode.

Using these features, we can now make the GIN index opclass for anyarray
behave in a way that matches the actual anyarray operators for &&, <@, @>,
and = ... which it failed to do before in assorted corner cases.

This commit fixes the core GIN code and ginarrayprocs.c, updates the
documentation, and adds some simple regression test cases for the new
behaviors using the array operators.  The tsearch and contrib GIN opclass
support functions still need to be looked over and probably fixed.

Another thing I intend to fix separately is that this is pretty inefficient
for cases where more than one scan condition needs a full-index search:
we'll run duplicate GinScanEntrys, each one of which builds a large bitmap.
There is some existing logic to merge duplicate GinScanEntrys but it needs
refactoring to make it work for entries belonging to different scan keys.

Note that most of gin.h has been split out into a new file gin_private.h,
so that gin.h doesn't export anything that's not supposed to be used by GIN
opclasses or the rest of the backend.  I did quite a bit of other code
beautification work as well, mostly fixing comments and choosing more
appropriate names for things.
2011-01-07 19:16:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
9b4271deb9 Document pg_stat_replication, bump catversion since that was overlooked.
Itagaki Takahiro, edited by me.
2011-01-07 11:06:55 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
7f40e30309 Improve markup of unnest example 2011-01-07 00:12:20 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
f9e4961b7d Improve array_upper example
The previous example didn't make it clear whether array_upper returned
the last element or the index of the last element.
2011-01-07 00:12:20 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
1aad44f988 Update documentation to say that \lo_import sets :LASTOID, not
lo_insert.
2011-01-05 21:32:10 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
66a8a0428d Give superusers REPLIACTION permission by default
This can be overriden by using NOREPLICATION on the CREATE ROLE
statement, but by default they will have it, making it backwards
compatible and "less surprising" (given that superusers normally
override all checks).
2011-01-05 14:24:17 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
40d9e94bd7 Add views and functions to monitor hot standby query conflicts
Add the view pg_stat_database_conflicts and a column to pg_stat_database,
and the underlying functions to provide the information.
2011-01-03 12:46:03 +01:00
Magnus Hagander
1996b48285 Add missing part of replication role docs
Noted by Peter E.
2011-01-03 12:00:09 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
39b8843296 Implement remaining fields of information_schema.sequences view
Add new function pg_sequence_parameters that returns a sequence's start,
minimum, maximum, increment, and cycle values, and use that in the view.
(bug #5662; design suggestion by Tom Lane)

Also slightly adjust the view's column order and permissions after review of
SQL standard.
2011-01-02 15:15:21 +02:00
Robert Haas
0d692a0dc9 Basic foreign table support.
Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED.  This commit does
not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables
cannot yet be queried.  Support for foreign table scans will need to
be added in a future patch.  However, this patch creates the necessary
system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary
operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL.

Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-01 23:48:11 -05:00
Robert Haas
6600d5e91c Minor wordsmithing.
As suggested by Tom Lane, in response to a gripe from Leslie S Satenstein.
2011-01-01 17:50:31 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5d950e3b0c Stamp copyrights for year 2011. 2011-01-01 13:18:15 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
30aeda4394 Include the first valid listen address in pg_ctl to improve server start
"wait" detection and add postmaster start time to help determine if the
postmaster is actually using the specified data directory.
2010-12-31 17:25:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
17cb9e8c98 Remove tabs in SGML 2010-12-30 22:15:55 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
0be88f8739 Doc wording improvement: taken -> accepted
with time zone</type>.)  <type>timestamptz</type> is accepted as an
2010-12-29 13:49:26 -05:00
Robert Haas
53dbc27c62 Support unlogged tables.
The contents of an unlogged table are WAL-logged; thus, they are not
available on standby servers and are truncated whenever the database
system enters recovery.  Indexes on unlogged tables are also unlogged.
Unlogged GiST indexes are not currently supported.
2010-12-29 06:48:53 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
9b8aff8c19 Add REPLICATION privilege for ROLEs
This privilege is required to do Streaming Replication, instead of
superuser, making it possible to set up a SR slave that doesn't
have write permissions on the master.

Superuser privileges do NOT override this check, so in order to
use the default superuser account for replication it must be
explicitly granted the REPLICATION permissions. This is backwards
incompatible change, in the interest of higher default security.
2010-12-29 11:05:03 +01:00
Tom Lane
31d2efaef5 Reclassify DEFAULT as a column_constraint item in the CREATE TABLE syntax.
This is how it was documented originally, but several years ago somebody
decided that DEFAULT isn't a type of constraint.  Well, the grammar thinks
it is.  The documentation was wrong in two ways: it alleged that DEFAULT
had to appear before any other kind of constraint, and it alleged that you
can't prefix a DEFAULT clause with a "CONSTRAINT name" clause, when in fact
you can.  (The latter behavior probably isn't SQL-standard, but our grammar
has always allowed it.)

This patch responds to Fujii Masao's observation that the ALTER TABLE
documentation mistakenly implied that you couldn't include DEFAULT in
ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN; though this isn't the way he proposed fixing it.
2010-12-28 21:38:05 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a5f96409fd No release notes update, just advance the date 2010-12-28 21:19:17 +02:00
Tom Lane
81a530a65e Fix ill-advised placement of PGRES_COPY_BOTH enum value.
It must be added at the end of the ExecStatusType enum to avoid ABI
breakage compared to previous libpq versions.  Noted by Magnus.
2010-12-28 11:02:10 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
06004319be Fix list of functions that are restricted to superusers
Move the list of what's restricted to superusers into the table
itself, so it doesn't get missed again.
2010-12-28 10:46:03 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
0a023a14fc Update SGML docs describing the contents of the postmaster.pid file,
per change to the file for pg_ctl.
2010-12-27 15:20:28 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
c7f0038d73 Break up long line, per Leslie S Satenstein. 2010-12-27 12:36:51 -03:00
Robert Haas
63676ebff4 Corrections to patch adding SQL/MED error codes.
My previous commit, 85cff3ce7f on
2010-12-25, failed to update errcodes.sgml or plerrcodes.h.  This patch
corrects that oversight, per a gripe from Tom Lane, and also corrects
a typographical error.
2010-12-26 21:35:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
4ec92b05e6 Correct spelling: longjump() -> longjmp(). 2010-12-24 22:22:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
79a9decdd3 Fix grammar 2010-12-24 22:08:50 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
075354ad1b Improve "pg_ctl -w start" server detection by writing the postmaster
port and socket directory into postmaster.pid, and have pg_ctl read from
that file, for use by PQping().
2010-12-24 09:45:52 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
4b1742a192 Move the documentation of --no-security-label to a more sensible place
The order on the pg_dump/pg_dumpall man pages is not very strict, but
surely putting it under connection options was wrong.
2010-12-24 14:11:11 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b2fd345ab9 Release notes for 9.1alpha3 2010-12-24 13:50:34 +02:00
Robert Haas
a1b0035949 Document pg_dump(all) --no-security-label instead of --security-label.
The former is the option actually supported by these commands.
2010-12-23 23:22:40 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9de3aa65f0 Rewrite the GiST insertion logic so that we don't need the post-recovery
cleanup stage to finish incomplete inserts or splits anymore. There was two
reasons for the cleanup step:

1. When a new tuple was inserted to a leaf page, the downlink in the parent
needed to be updated to contain (ie. to be consistent with) the new key.
Updating the parent in turn might require recursively updating the parent of
the parent. We now handle that by updating the parent while traversing down
the tree, so that when we insert the leaf tuple, all the parents are already
consistent with the new key, and the tree is consistent at every step.

2. When a page is split, we need to insert the downlink for the new right
page(s), and update the downlink for the original page to not include keys
that moved to the right page(s). We now handle that by setting a new flag,
F_FOLLOW_RIGHT, on the non-rightmost pages in the split. When that flag is
set, scans always follow the rightlink, regardless of the NSN mechanism used
to detect concurrent page splits. That way the tree is consistent right after
split, even though the downlink is still missing. This is very similar to the
way B-tree splits are handled. When the downlink is inserted in the parent,
the flag is cleared. To keep the insertion algorithm simple, when an
insertion sees an incomplete split, indicated by the F_FOLLOW_RIGHT flag, it
finishes the split before doing anything else.

These changes allow removing the whole "invalid tuple" mechanism, but I
retained the scan code to still follow invalid tuples correctly. While we
don't create any such tuples anymore, we want to handle them gracefully in
case you pg_upgrade a GiST index that has them. If we encounter any on an
insert, though, we just throw an error saying that you need to REINDEX.

The issue that got me into doing this is that if you did a checkpoint while
an insert or split was in progress, and the checkpoint finishes quickly so
that there is no WAL record related to the insert between RedoRecPtr and the
checkpoint record, recovery from that checkpoint would not know to finish
the incomplete insert. IOW, we have the same issue we solved with the
rm_safe_restartpoint mechanism during normal operation too. It's highly
unlikely to happen in practice, and this fix is far too large to backpatch,
so we're just going to live with in previous versions, but this refactoring
fixes it going forward.

With this patch, you don't get the annoying
'index "FOO" needs VACUUM or REINDEX to finish crash recovery' notices
anymore if you crash at an unfortunate moment.
2010-12-23 16:21:47 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
7a1ca8977f Document that BBU's do not allow partial page writes to be safely turned
off unless they guarantee that all writes to the BBU arrive in 8kB chunks.

Per discussion with Greg Smith
2010-12-22 21:12:00 -05:00
Robert Haas
2a0f13a765 Typo fix.
Noted by Thom Brown.
2010-12-22 09:33:34 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
28d5c565ce Wording improvements for pg_ctl manual page. 2010-12-22 09:11:33 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
de9a4c27fe Add PQlibVersion() function to libpq
This function is like the PQserverVersion() function except
it returns the version of libpq, making it possible for a client
program or driver to determine which version of libpq is in
use at runtime, and not just at link time.

Suggested by Harald Armin Massa and several others.
2010-12-22 14:23:56 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
f9e9763b62 Fix typo
Jaime Casanova
2010-12-20 12:05:12 -03:00
Magnus Hagander
dcb09b595f Support for collecting crash dumps on Windows
Add support for collecting "minidump" style crash dumps on
Windows, by setting up an exception handling filter. Crash
dumps will be generated in PGDATA/crashdumps if the directory
is created (the existance of the directory is used as on/off
switch for the generation of the dumps).

Craig Ringer and Magnus Hagander
2010-12-19 16:45:28 +01:00
Robert Haas
df142bf82c Waiting for complete startup is now a well-defined operation.
Per report from Fujii Masao, and subsequent discussion.
2010-12-16 20:57:33 -05:00
Robert Haas
290f1603b4 Some copy editing of pg_read_binary_file() patch. 2010-12-15 21:02:31 -05:00
Robert Haas
afc8f47b58 Document timestamptz a little better. 2010-12-15 20:53:40 -05:00
Itagaki Takahiro
03db44eae3 Add pg_read_binary_file() and whole-file-at-once versions of pg_read_file().
One of the usages of the binary version is to read files in a different
encoding from the server encoding.

Dimitri Fontaine and Itagaki Takahiro.
2010-12-16 06:56:28 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
16b5e08dec Use "upgrade" in preference over "migrate" in pg_upgrade messages and
documentation.  (Many were left over from the old pg_migrator naming.)
2010-12-15 07:11:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
f9224c8ec2 Update release notes for releases 9.0.2, 8.4.6, 8.3.13, 8.2.19, and 8.1.23. 2010-12-13 20:22:52 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
843a490f0a Remove recently reintroduced CVS keyword 2010-12-13 23:22:52 +02:00
Robert Haas
d26849ee26 Document replacement of pg_class.relistemp with relpersistence.
Noted by Tom Lane.
2010-12-13 13:08:45 -05:00
Robert Haas
d3d414696f Allow bidirectional copy messages in streaming replication mode.
Fujii Masao.  Review by Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, and myself.
2010-12-11 09:27:37 -05:00
Robert Haas
1490946c57 Minor documentation cleanup.
Fujii Masao
2010-12-10 23:22:50 -05:00
Tom Lane
576477e73c Force default wal_sync_method to be fdatasync on Linux.
Recent versions of the Linux system header files cause xlogdefs.h to
believe that open_datasync should be the default sync method, whereas
formerly fdatasync was the default on Linux.  open_datasync is a bad
choice, first because it doesn't actually outperform fdatasync (in fact
the reverse), and second because we try to use O_DIRECT with it, causing
failures on certain filesystems (e.g., ext4 with data=journal option).
This part of the patch is largely per a proposal from Marti Raudsepp.
More extensive changes are likely to follow in HEAD, but this is as much
change as we want to back-patch.

Also clean up confusing code and incorrect documentation surrounding the
fsync_writethrough option.  Those changes shouldn't result in any actual
behavioral change, but I chose to back-patch them anyway to keep the
branches looking similar in this area.

In 9.0 and HEAD, also do some copy-editing on the WAL Reliability
documentation section.

Back-patch to all supported branches, since any of them might get used
on modern Linux versions.
2010-12-08 20:01:09 -05:00
Simon Riggs
e620ee35b2 Optimize commit_siblings in two ways to improve group commit.
First, avoid scanning the whole ProcArray once we know there
are at least commit_siblings active; second, skip the check
altogether if commit_siblings = 0.

Greg Smith
2010-12-08 18:48:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
b525bf771e Add KNNGIST support to contrib/pg_trgm.
Teodor Sigaev, with some revision by Tom
2010-12-04 00:16:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
b576757d7e Add external documentation for KNNGIST. 2010-12-03 23:49:06 -05:00
Robert Haas
c0a4d3e051 Clarify that LOCK TABLE requires a table-level privilege. 2010-12-03 09:29:14 -05:00
Tom Lane
d583f10b7e Create core infrastructure for KNNGIST.
This is a heavily revised version of builtin_knngist_core-0.9.  The
ordering operators are no longer mixed in with actual quals, which would
have confused not only humans but significant parts of the planner.
Instead, ordering operators are carried separately throughout planning and
execution.

Since the API for ambeginscan and amrescan functions had to be changed
anyway, this commit takes the opportunity to rationalize that a bit.
RelationGetIndexScan no longer forces a premature index_rescan call;
instead, callers of index_beginscan must call index_rescan too.  Aside from
making the AM-side initialization logic a bit less peculiar, this has the
advantage that we do not make a useless extra am_rescan call when there are
runtime key values.  AMs formerly could not assume that the key values
passed to amrescan were actually valid; now they can.

Teodor Sigaev and Tom Lane
2010-12-02 20:51:37 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3c42efceb2 Be consistent about writing "[, ...]" instead "[,...]" in the docs.
Christoph Berg.
2010-11-29 11:53:27 +02:00
Tom Lane
c623365ff9 Point out in default_tablespace's description that CREATE DATABASE ignores it.
Per gripe from Andreas Scherbaum.
2010-11-27 16:08:32 -05:00
Robert Haas
fe7a32fc87 New contrib module, auth_delay.
KaiGai Kohei, with a few changes by me.
2010-11-27 07:22:25 -05:00
Tom Lane
d53c1255d9 A bit more wordsmithing on the PQping documentation. 2010-11-27 02:42:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
db96e1ccfc Rewrite PQping to be more like what we agreed to last week.
Basically, we want to distinguish all cases where the connection was
not made from those where it was.  A convenient proxy for this is to
see if we got a message with a SQLSTATE code back from the postmaster.
This presumes that the postmaster will always send us a SQLSTATE in
a failure message, which is true for 7.4 and later postmasters in
every case except fork failure.  (We could possibly complicate the
postmaster code to do something about that, but it seems not worth
the trouble, especially since pg_ctl's response for that case should
be to keep waiting anyway.)

If we did get a SQLSTATE from the postmaster, there are basically only
two cases, as per last week's discussion: ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW
and everything else.  Any other error code implies that the postmaster
is in principle willing to accept connections, it just didn't like or
couldn't handle this particular request.  We want to make a special
case for ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW so that "pg_ctl start -w" knows
it should keep waiting.

In passing, pick names for the enum constants that are a tad less
likely to present collision hazards in future.
2010-11-27 01:30:34 -05:00
Robert Haas
55109313f9 Add more ALTER <object> .. SET SCHEMA commands.
This adds support for changing the schema of a conversion, operator,
operator class, operator family, text search configuration, text search
dictionary, text search parser, or text search template.

Dimitri Fontaine, with assorted corrections and other kibitzing.
2010-11-26 17:31:54 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
afd7d9adca Add PQping and PQpingParams to libpq to allow detection of the server's
status, including a status where the server is running but refuses a
postgres connection.

Have pg_ctl use this new function.  This fixes the case where pg_ctl
reports that the server is not running (cannot connect) but in fact it
is running.
2010-11-25 13:09:38 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
7276ab5888 Document that a CHECKPOINT before taking a file system snapshot can
reduce recovery time.
2010-11-24 18:41:28 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
ba11258ccb When reporting the server as not responding, if the hostname was
supplied, also print the IP address.  This allows IPv4 and IPv6 failures
to be distinguished.  Also useful when a hostname resolves to multiple
IP addresses.

Also, remove use of inet_ntoa() and use our own inet_net_ntop() in all
places, including in libpq, because it is thread-safe.
2010-11-24 17:04:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
725d52d0c2 Create the system catalog infrastructure needed for KNNGIST.
This commit adds columns amoppurpose and amopsortfamily to pg_amop, and
column amcanorderbyop to pg_am.  For the moment all the entries in
amcanorderbyop are "false", since the underlying support isn't there yet.

Also, extend the CREATE OPERATOR CLASS/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands with
[ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_operator_family ] clauses to allow the new
columns of pg_amop to be populated, and create pg_dump support for dumping
that information.

I also added some documentation, although it's perhaps a bit premature
given that the feature doesn't do anything useful yet.

Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Tom Lane
2010-11-24 14:22:17 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
4fc09ad00c Add index entries for more functions
Also, move index entries into the tables, closer to the function description,
for easier editing in the future.  Resort some tables to be more alphabetical.
Remove the entries for count, max, min, and sum in the tutorial area, because
that was felt to be confusing.

Thom Brown
2010-11-24 00:00:34 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
f2a4278330 Propagate ALTER TYPE operations to typed tables
This adds RESTRICT/CASCADE flags to ALTER TYPE ... ADD/DROP/ALTER/
RENAME ATTRIBUTE to control whether to alter typed tables as well.
2010-11-23 22:50:17 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
fc946c39ae Remove useless whitespace at end of lines 2010-11-23 22:34:55 +02:00
Robert Haas
7504870778 Add new SQL function, format(text).
Currently, three conversion format specifiers are supported: %s for a
string, %L for an SQL literal, and %I for an SQL identifier.  The latter
two are deliberately designed not to overlap with what sprintf() already
supports, in case we want to add more of sprintf()'s functionality here
later.

Patch by Pavel Stehule, heavily revised by me.  Reviewed by Jeff Janes
and, in earlier versions, by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane.
2010-11-20 22:33:27 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
6cc2deb86e Add pg_describe_object function
This function is useful to obtain textual descriptions of objects as
stored in pg_depend.
2010-11-18 17:06:19 -03:00
Robert Haas
1fc2d60d8c Minor corrections to dummy_seclabel documentation.
Problems noted by Thom Brown.
2010-11-18 10:30:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
45768d10e3 Document the dummy_seclabel contrib module.
KaiGai Kohei, with editing and markup fixes by me.
2010-11-17 20:50:51 -05:00
Tom Lane
511e902b51 Make TRUNCATE ... RESTART IDENTITY restart sequences transactionally.
In the previous coding, we simply issued ALTER SEQUENCE RESTART commands,
which do not roll back on error.  This meant that an error between
truncating and committing left the sequences out of sync with the table
contents, with potentially bad consequences as were noted in a Warning on
the TRUNCATE man page.

To fix, create a new storage file (relfilenode) for a sequence that is to
be reset due to RESTART IDENTITY.  If the transaction aborts, we'll
automatically revert to the old storage file.  This acts just like a
rewriting ALTER TABLE operation.  A penalty is that we have to take
exclusive lock on the sequence, but since we've already got exclusive lock
on its owning table, that seems unlikely to be much of a problem.

The interaction of this with usual nontransactional behaviors of sequence
operations is a bit weird, but it's hard to see what would be completely
consistent.  Our choice is to discard cached-but-unissued sequence values
both when the RESTART is executed, and at rollback if any; but to not touch
the currval() state either time.

In passing, move the sequence reset operations to happen before not after
any AFTER TRUNCATE triggers are fired.  The previous ordering was not
logically sensible, but was forced by the need to minimize inconsistency
if the triggers caused an error.  Transactional rollback is a much better
solution to that.

Patch by Steve Singer, rather heavily adjusted by me.
2010-11-17 16:42:18 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
b7fcf68e86 Require VALUE keyword when extending an enum type. Based on a patch from Alvaro Herrera. 2010-11-16 22:18:33 -05:00
Robert Haas
3134d8863e Add new buffers_backend_fsync field to pg_stat_bgwriter.
This new field counts the number of times that a backend which writes a
buffer out to the OS must also fsync() it.  This happens when the
bgwriter fsync request queue is full, and is generally detrimental to
performance, so it's good to know when it's happening.  Along the way,
log a new message at level DEBUG1 whenever we fail to hand off an fsync,
so that the problem can also be seen in examination of log files
(if the logging level is cranked up high enough).

Greg Smith, with minor tweaks by me.
2010-11-15 12:42:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
19e231bbda Improved parallel make support
Replace for loops in makefiles with proper dependencies.  Parallel
make can now span across directories.  Also, make -k and make -q work
properly.

GNU make 3.80 or newer is now required.
2010-11-12 22:15:16 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
d6754f67b0 docs -> documentation 2010-11-12 21:25:57 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
8f742d1cda Mention that pg_upgrade requires compatible 32/64-bit binaries. 2010-11-10 14:08:43 +00:00
Robert Haas
7ba6e4f0e0 Add monitoring function pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp.
Fujii Masao, with a little wordsmithing by me.
2010-11-09 22:52:19 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
b47953f9c6 Merge docs for CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER and CREATE TRIGGER 2010-11-09 16:52:46 -03:00
Tom Lane
0de92fd13c Improve pg_ctl's man page.
Explicitly document that the -o options of pg_ctl init mode are meant
for initdb, not postgres (Euler Taveira de Oliveira).  Assorted other
copy-editing (Tom).
2010-11-09 14:05:11 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
73bc5218df plpython has plpy.Error instead of plpy.ERROR
Author: Marti Raudsepp <marti@juffo.org>
2010-11-09 11:02:17 -03:00
Tom Lane
543d22fc74 Prevent invoking I/O conversion casts via functional/attribute notation.
PG 8.4 added a built-in feature for casting pretty much any data type to
string types (text, varchar, etc).  We allowed this to work in any of the
historically-allowed syntaxes: CAST(x AS text), x::text, text(x), or
x.text.  However, multiple complaints have shown that it's too easy to
invoke such casts unintentionally in the latter two styles, particularly
field selection.  To cure the problem with the narrowest possible change
of behavior, disallow use of I/O conversion casts from composite types to
string types via functional/attribute syntax.  The new functionality is
still available via cast syntax.

In passing, document the equivalence of functional and attribute syntax
in a more visible place.
2010-11-07 13:03:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
e43fb604d6 Implement an "S" option for psql's \dn command.
\dn without "S" now hides all pg_XXX schemas as well as information_schema.
Thus, in a bare database you'll only see "public".  ("public" is considered
a user schema, not a system schema, mainly because it's droppable.)
Per discussion back in late September.
2010-11-06 21:41:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
5e8b7b0b73 Allow moddatetime's target column to be of type timestamptz.
Dirk Heinrichs
2010-11-04 16:34:47 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bd1ff97133 Change version number in release notes to 9.1alpha2 2010-10-30 23:37:36 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
71165685b2 Last-minute updates to 9.1alpha2 release notes 2010-10-30 22:34:20 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
e9eb4f4013 Release notes for 9.1alpha2 2010-10-28 17:42:58 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
18d6437885 Remove obsolete release-alpha.sgml
This was only used while the final release notes for 9.0 were being prepared.
The alpha release notes are now in release-9.1.sgml.
2010-10-28 17:40:56 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
2999f4ef35 Remove tabs from SGML 2010-10-28 17:40:27 +03:00
Robert Haas
2cae0aeb9c Revert "Correct WAL space calculation formula in docs."
This reverts commit 915116bc62.

Per discussion, the previous formula was in fact correct.

http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-docs/2010-10/msg00038.php
2010-10-27 21:24:02 -04:00
Robert Haas
0d5deebe11 Reorganize OS-specific details about write caching into a list.
Along the way, clarify that sdparm can be used on Linux as well as FreeBSD.
2010-10-27 21:20:58 -04:00
Robert Haas
5a12c808cf Note that effective_io_concurrency only affects bitmap heap scans.
Josh Kupershmidt
2010-10-26 21:44:14 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5c38782cc8 Note explicitly that hash indexes are also not replicated because they're not
WAL-logged. Make the notice about the lack of WAL-logging more visible by
making it a <caution>. Also remove the false statement from hot standby
caveats section that hash indexes are not used during hot standby.
2010-10-26 22:53:41 +03:00
Tom Lane
84c123be1d Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type.
After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the
performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases.

Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-24 23:05:41 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
24b29ca8f9 Support suffix matching of host names in pg_hba.conf
A name starting with a dot can be used to match a suffix of the actual
host name (e.g., .example.com matches foo.example.com).
2010-10-24 15:54:00 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
57b80b4c46 Add semicolon, missed in previous patch. And update the keyword list in
the docs to reflect that OFF is now unreserved. Spotted by Tom Lane.
2010-10-22 18:38:31 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
71be8db5df Mention limited usefulness of .pgpass database field. 2010-10-21 22:00:11 +00:00
Tom Lane
529cb267a6 Improve handling of domains over arrays.
This patch eliminates various bizarre behaviors caused by sloppy thinking
about the difference between a domain type and its underlying array type.
In particular, the operation of updating one element of such an array
has to be considered as yielding a value of the underlying array type,
*not* a value of the domain, because there's no assurance that the
domain's CHECK constraints are still satisfied.  If we're intending to
store the result back into a domain column, we have to re-cast to the
domain type so that constraints are re-checked.

For similar reasons, such a domain can't be blindly matched to an ANYARRAY
polymorphic parameter, because the polymorphic function is likely to apply
array-ish operations that could invalidate the domain constraints.  For the
moment, we just forbid such matching.  We might later wish to insert an
automatic downcast to the underlying array type, but such a change should
also change matching of domains to ANYELEMENT for consistency.

To ensure that all such logic is rechecked, this patch removes the original
hack of setting a domain's pg_type.typelem field to match its base type;
the typelem will always be zero instead.  In those places where it's really
okay to look through the domain type with no other logic changes, use the
newly added get_base_element_type function in place of get_element_type.
catversion bumped due to change in pg_type contents.

Per bug #5717 from Richard Huxton and subsequent discussion.
2010-10-21 16:07:17 -04:00
Robert Haas
4b6623a7e8 Add some caveats to the contrib/isn docs. 2010-10-19 22:48:19 -04:00
Tom Lane
c33bfb8b9b Update storage.sgml to describe the 9.0 tablespace directory layout. 2010-10-19 21:53:26 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f75d6a1b19 Add mention of using tools/fsync to test fsync methods. Restructure
recent wal_sync_method doc paragraph to be clearer.
2010-10-19 14:56:53 +00:00
Robert Haas
604ab08145 Add levenshtein_less_equal, optimized version for small distances.
Alexander Korotkov, heavily revised by me.
2010-10-19 09:51:06 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bc8624b15d Support key word 'all' in host column of pg_hba.conf 2010-10-18 22:15:44 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
433c7a6545 Document the tablespace directory "should" be empty, rather than "must"
be empty.  Because of binary migration usage, it might not be empty.
2010-10-18 18:15:58 +00:00
Robert Haas
9c73e20f38 Change example pg_hba.conf in docs to match altered pg_hba.conf.sample
Peter Eisentraut's recent patch to allow host names in pg_hba.conf
changed the contents of pg_hba.conf.sample

Fujii Masao
2010-10-18 12:18:45 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
33ae03f400 Document that translate() removes characters in "from" that don't have
a corresponding "to" character.

Author: Josh Kupershmidt
2010-10-16 01:15:10 -03:00
Tom Lane
07f1264dda Allow WITH clauses to be attached to INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE statements.
This is not the hoped-for facility of using INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE inside
a WITH, but rather the other way around.  It seems useful in its own
right anyway.

Note: catversion bumped because, although the contents of stored rules
might look compatible, there's actually a subtle semantic change.
A single Query containing a WITH and INSERT...VALUES now represents
writing the WITH before the INSERT, not before the VALUES.  While it's
not clear that that matters to anyone, it seems like a good idea to
have it cited in the git history for catversion.h.

Original patch by Marko Tiikkaja, with updating and cleanup by
Hitoshi Harada.
2010-10-15 19:55:25 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
6ab42ae367 Support host names in pg_hba.conf
Peter Eisentraut, reviewed by KaiGai Kohei and Tom Lane
2010-10-15 22:56:18 +03:00
Tom Lane
71d24466fb Document the DISTINCT noise word in the UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT constructs.
I also rearranged the order of the sections to match the logical order
of processing steps: the distinct-elimination implied by SELECT DISTINCT
happens before, not after, any UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT combination.

Per a suggestion from Hitoshi Harada.
2010-10-15 15:48:45 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
0c9b166db5 Allow pg_ctl to register the service in either AUTO or DEMAND start type
Author: Quan Zongliang
Documentation updates by David Fetter
2010-10-15 14:30:03 -03:00
Simon Riggs
915116bc62 Correct WAL space calculation formula in docs.
Error pointed out by Fujii Masao, though not his patch.
2010-10-15 10:17:12 +01:00
Robert Haas
e468213358 Add pg_user_mappings to the table of system views. 2010-10-14 19:13:01 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
402e11913f Remove reference.ced
This is a parsed DocBook DTD for the PSGML Emacs mode, but it hasn't
been updated since we switched to DocBook 4.2 about seven years ago.
Also, PSGML has deprecated this method of DTD parsing.
2010-10-14 23:16:46 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
9f2d7f6e2d Complete the documentation of the USAGE privilege for foreign servers
The GRANT reference page failed to mention that the USAGE privilege
allows modifying associated user mappings, although this was already
documented on the CREATE/ALTER/DROP USER MAPPING pages.
2010-10-14 23:16:46 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
80ada4c0db Document (compositeval).* field selection syntax 2010-10-14 23:16:46 +03:00
Simon Riggs
7085891784 Improvements to docs about pg_archive_cleanup and use of archives
Brendan Jurd
2010-10-14 19:30:15 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
1a996d6c29 Remove executable permission from files where it doesn't belong 2010-10-13 22:30:25 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
e8a47b3cb9 Add index entries for pg_stat* views 2010-10-13 21:29:10 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
ceb5b787c6 Mention the default pg_ctl wait time in the -t option documentation 2010-10-13 20:24:51 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
ef204db577 Make title capitalization consistent with surroundings 2010-10-13 20:05:16 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
3bf79839c8 Put per-letter quicklinks at the top of the HTML bookindex page 2010-10-13 19:46:05 +03:00
Itagaki Takahiro
d0f876ca8c Accept 'public' as a pseudo-role name in has_table_privilege() and friends
to see if a particular privilege has been granted to PUBLIC.

The issue was reported by Jim Nasby.
Patch by Alvaro Herrera, and reviewed by KaiGai Kohei.
2010-10-13 14:37:23 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
82659e0456 Fix typo 2010-10-12 13:24:10 -03:00
Tom Lane
2ec993a7cb Support triggers on views.
This patch adds the SQL-standard concept of an INSTEAD OF trigger, which
is fired instead of performing a physical insert/update/delete.  The
trigger function is passed the entire old and/or new rows of the view,
and must figure out what to do to the underlying tables to implement
the update.  So this feature can be used to implement updatable views
using trigger programming style rather than rule hacking.

In passing, this patch corrects the names of some columns in the
information_schema.triggers view.  It seems the SQL committee renamed
them somewhere between SQL:99 and SQL:2003.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Bernd Helmle; some additional hacking by me.
2010-10-10 13:45:07 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f7b15b5098 Extensive ECPG documentation improvements
Satoshi Nagayasu, reviewed and revised by Peter Eisentraut

Since this introduces new refentries that we probably don't want to publish as
man pages, tweak man page stylesheet to omit man pages without manvolnum
element.

Peter Eisentraut
2010-10-10 13:46:02 +03:00
Robert Haas
ab6d9f1641 Adjust EXPLAIN documentation, so that it's not unreasonably wide.
The new formatting matches what we do for COPY.

Per a complaint from Bruce Momjian.
2010-10-08 22:59:48 -04:00
Robert Haas
56ccff5980 Warn that views can be safely used to hide columns, but not rows. 2010-10-08 09:15:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
3ba11d3df2 Teach CLUSTER to use seqscan-and-sort when it's faster than indexscan.
... or at least, when the planner's cost estimates say it will be faster.

Leonardo Francalanci, reviewed by Itagaki Takahiro and Tom Lane
2010-10-07 20:00:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
694c56af2b Improve WAL reliability documentation, and add more cross-references to it.
In particular, we are now more explicit about the fact that you may need
wal_sync_method=fsync_writethrough for crash-safety on some platforms,
including MaxOS X.  There's also now an explicit caution against assuming
that the default setting of wal_sync_method is either crash-safe or best
for performance.
2010-10-07 12:22:00 -04:00
Simon Riggs
bdf45797ab Correct docs for behaviour of ALTER DATABASE .. RENAME during Hot Standby.
Actual behaviour did not match documented behaviour and we have agreed
that it should be the docs that change.

Spotted by Bernd Helmle
2010-10-06 00:19:05 +01:00
Tom Lane
d79a1a138e Undo some poorly-thought-out "proofreading improvements".
Per Tatsuhito Kasahara.
2010-10-05 18:48:13 -04:00
Tom Lane
50595b5fce Use a separate interpreter for each calling SQL userid in plperl and pltcl.
There are numerous methods by which a Perl or Tcl function can subvert
the behavior of another such function executed later; for example, by
redefining standard functions or operators called by the target function.
If the target function is SECURITY DEFINER, or is called by such a
function, this means that any ordinary SQL user with Perl or Tcl language
usage rights can do essentially anything with the privileges of the target
function's owner.

To close this security hole, create a separate Perl or Tcl interpreter for
each SQL userid under which plperl or pltcl functions are executed within
a session.  However, all plperlu or pltclu functions run within a session
still share a single interpreter, since they all execute at the trust
level of a database superuser anyway.

Note: this change results in a functionality loss when libperl has been
built without the "multiplicity" option: it's no longer possible to call
plperl functions under different userids in one session, since such a
libperl can't support multiple interpreters in one process.  However, such
a libperl already failed to support concurrent use of plperl and plperlu,
so it's likely that few people use such versions with Postgres.

Security: CVE-2010-3433
2010-09-30 17:18:51 -04:00
Robert Haas
1f0eb5de9e Adjust pg_archivecleanup docs to match message changes made 2010-06-17.
Erik Rijkers
2010-09-30 17:10:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
a5683ea042 Update release notes for releases 9.0.1, 8.4.5, 8.3.12, 8.2.18, 8.1.22,
8.0.26, and 7.4.30.
2010-09-30 14:27:15 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
fe48d9471e Update ecpglib error code listing
Satoshi Nagayasu
2010-09-29 13:58:35 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
ae9acb6779 Mention that pg_upgrade requires write permission in the current
directory.

Per report from Harald Armin Massa.
2010-09-28 18:43:01 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6b44b9ba56 Mention in pg_upgrade docs that the proper Win32 service name should be used.
Per report from Harald Armin Massa
2010-09-28 18:33:38 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9c5f4f6cb5 Add mention of installing pg_upgrade_support in pg_upgrade doc section
title, per suggestion from Ian Barwick.
2010-09-28 17:25:20 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
3bb27fb503 Add missing agg_type nonterminal description in new reference page. 2010-09-28 11:24:00 -04:00
Robert Haas
4d355a8336 Add a SECURITY LABEL command.
This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based
mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly
hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it.

KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-27 20:55:27 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
e440e12c56 Add ALTER TYPE ... ADD/DROP/ALTER/RENAME ATTRIBUTE
Like with tables, this also requires allowing the existence of
composite types with zero attributes.

reviewed by KaiGai Kohei
2010-09-26 14:41:03 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
635de8365f Fix man page markup for <cmdsynopsis> with multiple variants
Command synopses using <cmdsynopsis> with multiple variants previously used
<sbr> to break lines between variants.  The new man page toolchain introduced
in 9.0 makes a mess out of that, and that markup was probably wrong all along,
because <sbr> is supposed to break lines within a synopsis, not between them.
So fix that by using multiple <cmdsynopsis> elements inside <refsynopsisdiv>.

backpatched to 9.0
2010-09-25 09:57:09 +03:00
Robert Haas
3186560f46 Replace doc references to install-win32 with install-windows.
Windows is not necessarily 32-bit, any more.

As suggested by Mike Toews.
2010-09-23 17:45:39 -04:00
Robert Haas
0c8ed2dafb Fix inconsistent capitalization of "PL/pgSQL".
Josh Kupershmidt
2010-09-22 21:57:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
8687fbbe42 Do some copy-editing on the Git usage docs. 2010-09-22 20:22:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
651377933e Fix remaining stray references to CVS.
These are just cosmetic and don't seem worth back-patching far.
I put them into 9.0 just because it was trivial to do so.
2010-09-22 19:51:39 -04:00
Tom Lane
cb71efe164 Add assorted other documentation build targets to documentation gitignore. 2010-09-22 18:08:45 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
726f9ddcd1 Remove anonymous cvs instructions, and replace them with instructions
for git. Change other references from cvs to git as well.
2010-09-22 20:10:28 +02:00
Magnus Hagander
fe9b36fd59 Convert cvsignore to gitignore, and add .gitignore for build targets. 2010-09-22 12:57:04 +02:00
Tom Lane
2cdf6c1551 Fix a missed explanation of auto-analyze threshold, per Joe Miller. 2010-09-21 16:40:41 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
9f2e211386 Remove cvs keywords from all files. 2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
Tom Lane
9eef3318a2 Fix several broken $PostgreSQL$ keywords. Noted while experimenting
with Magnus's script to remove these.
2010-09-19 16:17:45 +00:00
Robert Haas
48f0a28b48 Move pg_db_role_setting docs to correct place in alphabetical order. 2010-09-17 18:49:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
f7270a65b3 Stamp 9.0 release notes with expected release date; also some last-minute
copy-editing.
2010-09-16 18:15:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
7acf6f9bab Fix bad grammar. 2010-09-16 14:31:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
e1089e34eb Add a compatibility note about plpgsql's treatment of SELECT INTO rec.fld
when fld is of composite type.  Per discussion of bug #5644 from Valentine
Gogichashvili.
2010-09-15 17:45:57 +00:00
Robert Haas
d7a541a9a7 Elaborate on what gets stored in pg_authid.rolpasswd.
Also, add cross-reference from pg_shadow.passwd to pg_authid.rolpasswd and
fix a bit of markup I muffed in my previous commit.

Per discussion with Josh Kupershmidt.
2010-09-13 17:02:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
df57a5e898 Don't try aligning comments for new archive_command Win32 doc example;
it doesn't work.

Backpatch to 9.0.X.
2010-09-13 01:35:46 +00:00
Robert Haas
1400b738a0 Link from pg_shadow docs to pg_authid docs.
Per discussion with Josh Kupershmidt.
2010-09-13 01:23:35 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
39fa4d0b31 Re-add documentation for Win32 copy syntax for archive_command.
Backpatch to 9.0.X.
2010-09-12 13:47:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
0b81c7c417 Remove obsolete claim that gzip is needed while installing PG's documentation.
It isn't, now that we ship the docs as loose files rather than a sub-tarball.

Also adjust the wording in a couple of places to make the lists of required
software read more consistently.
2010-09-09 17:19:40 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
152c626105 Doc fixes:
- remove excessive table cells
- moving function parameters into function tags rather than having
  them being considered separate
- add return type column on XML2 contrib module functions list and
  removing return types from function
- add table header to XML2 contrib parameter table

Thom Brown

Backpatch to 9.0.X.
2010-09-09 00:48:22 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
8586306048 Add tip about building plpython 2 and 3. Fix link to Python docs. 2010-09-08 20:35:51 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
7cd082f907 Clarify that surrogate pairs are not encoded in UTF-8 directly 2010-09-07 18:54:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
303696c3b4 Install a data-type-based solution for protecting pg_get_expr().
Since the code underlying pg_get_expr() is not secure against malformed
input, and can't practically be made so, we need to prevent miscreants
from feeding arbitrary data to it.  We can do this securely by declaring
pg_get_expr() to take a new datatype "pg_node_tree" and declaring the
system catalog columns that hold nodeToString output to be of that type.
There is no way at SQL level to create a non-null value of type pg_node_tree.
Since the backend-internal operations that fill those catalog columns
operate below the SQL level, they are oblivious to the datatype relabeling
and don't need any changes.
2010-09-03 01:34:55 +00:00
Tom Lane
c89a1198f9 9.1alpha1 release notes. 2010-09-02 17:30:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
9b3c19d8f2 Clean up description of ecpg's dtcvfmtasc function.
Per KOIZUMI Satoru.
2010-09-02 14:57:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
f3b330ec01 Clean up some bad grammar and punctuation in description of ecpg's decimal
type.  Per KOIZUMI Satoru.
2010-09-02 14:46:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
21076076e9 Clarify documentation of handling of null arguments for aggregates.
Per discussion.
2010-09-01 18:22:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
4ff6856cb1 Improve release notes' description of Teodor's fixes for polygon overlaps
and contains operators.
2010-09-01 15:14:42 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
e4b96380c3 Add missing markup for translatability 2010-08-31 05:57:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
a9a999bc1a Remove obsolete remark that PQprepare() is more flexible than PREPARE.
Spotted by Dmitriy Igrishin.  Back-patch to 8.2, which is when the PREPARE
statement was improved to allow parameter types to be omitted.
2010-08-29 15:19:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
73b3bd5574 Document the existence of the socket lock file under unix_socket_directory,
which is perhaps not a terribly good spot for it but there doesn't seem to be
a better place.  Also add a source-code comment pointing out a couple reasons
for having a separate lock file.  Per suggestion from Greg Smith.
2010-08-26 22:00:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
4832291655 Explain automatic creation (or lack of it) of indexes for the various types
of constraints.

Kevin Grittner
2010-08-26 21:08:35 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
13e6d6c5da Remove docs for "Incrementally Updated Backups" because it was of
questionable reliability;  information moved to a wiki:

	http://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Incrementally_Updated_Backups

Backpatch to 9.0.
2010-08-25 23:55:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
9389ac8928 Document filtering dictionaries in textsearch.sgml.
While at it, copy-edit the description of prefix-match marker support in
synonym dictionaries, and clarify the description of the default unaccent
dictionary a bit more.
2010-08-25 21:42:55 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0d812f1966 Update release notes, per comments from Simon Riggs. 2010-08-25 19:41:38 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
52ba9a537b Add missing description of reloftype field 2010-08-25 18:18:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
7fc614c698 Docs review for unaccent: fix grammar, markup, etc. 2010-08-25 02:12:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
f121c408e2 Update 9.0 release notes for changes since beta4.
Note: as usual, bug fixes that were also applied in back branches are not
considered material to include in a new major release's notes.
2010-08-25 00:47:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
7dc04cd204 Further editing of release notes. 2010-08-24 23:45:32 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b1e2e9c1ef Fix awkward wording in Incrementally Updated Backups docs.
Backpatch to 9.0.X.
2010-08-24 15:22:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f5878cd38f Clarifications for 9.0 release notes
Josh Berkus
2010-08-24 14:46:29 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c107c35df3 Update autovacuum_freeze_max_age documentation to mention that the
default is low because of pg_clog file removal.

Backpatch to 9.0.X.
2010-08-24 13:32:25 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
49b27ab551 Add string functions: concat(), concat_ws(), left(), right(), and reverse().
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by me.
2010-08-24 06:30:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
005e427a22 Make an editorial pass over the 9.0 release notes.
This is mostly about grammar, style, and presentation, though I did find
a few small factual errors.
2010-08-23 02:43:25 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d8986332cb Document that autovacuum_freeze_max_age is used for pg_clog recycling.
We already mentioned xid wraparound.
2010-08-22 02:37:32 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
946045f04d Add vacuum and analyze counters to pg_stat_*_tables views. 2010-08-21 10:59:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
5344945810 Avoid saying "random" when randomness is not actually meant.
Per Thom Brown.
2010-08-20 13:59:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
79dc97a401 Bring some sanity to the trace_recovery_messages code and docs.
Per gripe from Fujii Masao, though this is not exactly his proposed patch.
Categorize as DEVELOPER_OPTIONS and set context PGC_SIGHUP, as per Fujii,
but set the default to LOG because higher values aren't really sensible
(see the code for trace_recovery()).  Fix the documentation to agree with
the code and to try to explain what the variable actually does.  Get rid
of no-op calls trace_recovery(LOG), which accomplish nothing except to
demonstrate that this option confuses even its author.
2010-08-19 22:55:01 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3f11971916 Remove extra newlines at end and beginning of files, add missing newlines
at end of files.
2010-08-19 05:57:36 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
7b243aa666 Revert: looks like Binary Large OBject[sic] wasn't a misspelling 2010-08-17 04:47:04 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
5194b9d049 Spell and markup checking 2010-08-17 04:37:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
f0f46ed66a Assorted improvements to backup/restore documentation, per Thom Brown. 2010-08-15 23:04:49 +00:00
Tom Lane
521c26ebf7 Clarify bit numbering in get_bit/set_bit etc. Per gripe from
Boszormenyi Zoltan.
2010-08-15 21:26:36 +00:00
Tom Lane
d915a275c1 Improve pgarchivecleanup documentation, per comments from Satoshi Nagayasu. 2010-08-15 20:20:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
82954d49e4 Avoid unnecessary use of TPS acronym.
Robert Haas, per gripe from Erik Rijkers
2010-08-15 19:46:24 +00:00
Robert Haas
4730a54083 Add link and additional index reference to pgcrypto.
Kevin Grittner, with markup adjustments.
2010-08-15 01:57:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
b6e06942c6 Add a \sf (show function) command to psql, for those times when you need to
look at a function but don't wish to fire up an editor.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Jan Urbanski
2010-08-14 13:59:49 +00:00
Robert Haas
27f145a40e Further dtrace adjustments for the backend-IDs-in-relpath patch.
Update the documentation, and back out a few ill-considered changes
whose folly I failed to realize for failure to read the documentation.
2010-08-14 02:22:10 +00:00
Robert Haas
debcec7dc3 Include the backend ID in the relpath of temporary relations.
This allows us to reliably remove all leftover temporary relation
files on cluster startup without reference to system catalogs or WAL;
therefore, we no longer include temporary relations in XLOG_XACT_COMMIT
and XLOG_XACT_ABORT WAL records.

Since these changes require including a backend ID in each
SharedInvalSmgrMsg, the size of the SharedInvalidationMessage.id
field has been reduced from two bytes to one, and the maximum number
of connections has been reduced from INT_MAX / 4 to 2^23-1.  It would
be possible to remove these restrictions by increasing the size of
SharedInvalidationMessage by 4 bytes, but right now that doesn't seem
like a good trade-off.

Review by Jaime Casanova and Tom Lane.
2010-08-13 20:10:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
a0b7b717a4 Add xml_is_well_formed, xml_is_well_formed_document, xml_is_well_formed_content
functions to the core XML code.  Per discussion, the former depends on
XMLOPTION while the others do not.  These supersede a version previously
offered by contrib/xml2.

Mike Fowler, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
2010-08-13 18:36:26 +00:00
Robert Haas
9b0a86861a Reorder docs on lexical structure slightly for clarity.
Thom Brown
2010-08-13 01:12:38 +00:00
Tom Lane
5a4e19abe6 Add the ability to compute per-statement latencies (ie, average execution
times) to pgbench.

Florian Pflug, reviewed by Greg Smith
2010-08-12 20:39:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
47eeb5e662 Back out syntax case changes --- seems they were intentional. 2010-08-12 02:03:58 +00:00
Tom Lane
568e709372 Extend psql's \e and \ef commands so that a line number can be specified,
and the editor's cursor will be initially placed on that line.  In \e the
lines are counted with respect to the query buffer, while in \ef they are
counted with line 1 = first line of function body.  These choices are useful
for positioning the cursor on the line of a previously-reported error.

To avoid assumptions about what switch the user's editor takes for this
purpose, invent a new psql variable EDITOR_LINENUMBER_SWITCH with (at
present) no default value.

One incompatibility from previous behavior is that "\e 1234" will now
take "1234" as a line number not a file name.  There are at least two
ways to select a numerically-named file if you really want to.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Jan Urbanski, with further editing by Robert Haas
and Tom Lane
2010-08-12 00:40:59 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a4a3ef344e Properly lowercase identifiers, uppercase keywords, in doc examples 2010-08-11 21:48:51 +00:00
Robert Haas
741396936e Fix one more incorrect errno definition in the ECPG manual.
Again, back-patch all the way to 7.4.
2010-08-11 19:03:16 +00:00
Robert Haas
ffcd7a1167 Fix incorrect errno definitions in ECPG manual.
ecpgerrno.h hasn't materially changed since PostgreSQL 7.4, so this has
been wrong for a very long time.  Back-patch all the way.

Satoshi Nagayasu
2010-08-11 18:52:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
33f43725fb Add three-parameter forms of array_to_string and string_to_array, to allow
better handling of NULL elements within the arrays.  The third parameter
is a string that should be used to represent a NULL element, or should
be translated into a NULL element, respectively.  If the third parameter
is NULL it behaves the same as the two-parameter form.

There are two incompatible changes in the behavior of the two-parameter form
of string_to_array.  First, it will return an empty (zero-element) array
rather than NULL when the input string is of zero length.  Second, if the
field separator is NULL, the function splits the string into individual
characters, rather than returning NULL as before.  These two changes make
this form fully compatible with the behavior of the new three-parameter form.

Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Brendan Jurd
2010-08-10 21:51:00 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
5148a04636 Add some links to tables 2010-08-10 20:42:01 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
6d5afc2003 <example> is a floating element, so it's use is inappropriate when the
surrounding text refers to the example inline.
2010-08-10 20:41:27 +00:00
Robert Haas
20bf5e03e5 Use double quotes rather than double quotes for libpq target anchors.
Per observation from Tom Lane that the previous patch to these files was
not consistent with what is done elsewhere in the docs.
2010-08-10 02:56:46 +00:00
Robert Haas
477319829c Provide stable target anchors for libpq functions.
Daniele Varrazzo
2010-08-09 12:00:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
2e35d4f35c Modify the handling of RAISE without parameters so that the error it throws
can be caught in the same places that could catch an ordinary RAISE ERROR
in the same location.  The previous coding insisted on throwing the error
from the block containing the active exception handler; which is arguably
more surprising, and definitely unlike Oracle's behavior.

Not back-patching, since this is a pretty obscure corner case.  The risk
of breaking somebody's code in a minor version update seems to outweigh
any possible benefit.

Piyush Newe, reviewed by David Fetter
2010-08-09 02:25:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
4dfc457854 Add an xpath_exists() function. This is equivalent to XMLEXISTS except that
it offers support for namespace mapping.

Mike Fowler, reviewed by David Fetter
2010-08-08 19:15:27 +00:00
Tom Lane
46aa77c7bd Add stats functions and views to provide access to a transaction's own
statistics counts.  These numbers are being accumulated but haven't yet been
transmitted to the collector (and won't be, until the transaction ends).
For some purposes, though, it's handy to be able to look at them.

Joel Jacobson, reviewed by Itagaki Takahiro
2010-08-08 16:27:06 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
83f5491c63 Fix 9.0 release notes vacuum mention, not -> now
Peter Fokkinga
2010-08-07 13:07:06 +00:00
Tom Lane
e49ae8d3bc Recognize functional dependency on primary keys. This allows a table's
other columns to be referenced without listing them in GROUP BY, so long as
the primary key column(s) are listed in GROUP BY.

Eventually we should also allow functional dependency on a UNIQUE constraint
when the columns are marked NOT NULL, but that has to wait until NOT NULL
constraints are represented in pg_constraint, because we need to have
pg_constraint OIDs for all the conditions needed to ensure functional
dependency.

Peter Eisentraut, reviewed by Alex Hunsaker and Tom Lane
2010-08-07 02:44:09 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
ce6ce1a09d Fix indexterm spelling 2010-08-06 20:09:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
4672093a8e Let's put that </link> in a sane place ... 2010-08-06 19:13:13 +00:00
Tom Lane
a209b9850f Fix inaccurate description of deferrable unique constraints, per Dean Rasheed. 2010-08-06 18:55:24 +00:00
Robert Haas
7ae6163a4e Rearrange "big features" section of the release notes.
Josh Berkus
2010-08-06 17:56:43 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
2e6dc5328c Document which Python environment variables affect PL/Python 2010-08-05 18:36:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
b0c451e145 Remove the single-argument form of string_agg(). It added nothing much in
functionality, while creating an ambiguity in usage with ORDER BY that at
least two people have already gotten seriously confused by.  Also, add an
opr_sanity test to check that we don't in future violate the newly minted
policy of not having built-in aggregates with the same name and different
numbers of parameters.  Per discussion of a complaint from Thom Brown.
2010-08-05 18:21:19 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
641459f269 Add xmlexists function
by Mike Fowler, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut
2010-08-05 04:21:54 +00:00
Tom Lane
ba19b23676 Fix sloppy mistakes in documentation of PQescapeLiteral and PQescapeIdentifier.
Noted by Dmitriy Igrishin.
2010-08-04 16:27:05 +00:00
Tom Lane
72150db0c5 Add an example to clarify the use of ORDER BY in multiple-argument
aggregates.  People seem to not get this right without help.
2010-08-04 15:27:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
e20df55cca Fix mangled grammar. 2010-08-03 19:02:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
5b92ef44dd Kibitzing on \conninfo patch: adjust the order of field output to match
the parameters of \connect, and fix oversight of not enabling translation
of the messages.  Also, adjust \connect's similar messages to match, and
deal with 8.2-era violation of basic translatability guidelines there.
2010-08-03 18:33:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
83527b1339 Add EXPLAIN documentation example.
gabrielle <gorthx@gmail.com>
2010-08-03 17:14:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
8c19d14be5 Fix markup, other minor editing for recent btree_gist doc changes. 2010-08-03 15:15:31 +00:00
Robert Haas
57d9aefcaa Teach levenshtein() about multi-byte characters.
Based on a patch by, and further ideas from, Alexander Korotkov.
2010-08-02 23:20:23 +00:00
Robert Haas
ad17ff95cf Add btree_gist support for searching on "not equals".
Jeff Davis, with slight editorialization by me.
2010-08-02 16:26:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
478a2c1208 Update release notes for 9.0 beta 4. Back-patch some changes that were made only in HEAD. 2010-07-29 21:18:11 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
66424a2848 Fix indentation of verbatim block elements
Block elements with verbatim formatting (literallayout, programlisting,
screen, synopsis) should be aligned at column 0 independent of the surrounding
SGML, because whitespace is significant, and indenting them creates erratic
whitespace in the output.  The CSS stylesheets already take care of indenting
the output.

Assorted markup improvements to go along with it.
2010-07-29 19:34:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
5b48e2ecd4 Work around a documentation toolchain problem by replacing the "AIX-fixlevels"
table with a <variablelist> carrying the same information.  Previously the
9.0 documentation was failing to build as a US-size PDF file.  It's quite
obscure what the real problem is or why this avoids it, but we need a hack
now so we can build docs for beta4.

In passing do a bit of editing in the AIX installation docs, in particular
remove a long-obsolete claim that the regression tests are likely to fail.
2010-07-29 18:29:52 +00:00
Simon Riggs
2dbbda02e7 Reduce lock levels of CREATE TRIGGER and some ALTER TABLE, CREATE RULE actions.
Avoid hard-coding lockmode used for many altering DDL commands, allowing easier
future changes of lock levels. Implementation of initial analysis on DDL
sub-commands, so that many lock levels are now at ShareUpdateExclusiveLock or
ShareRowExclusiveLock, allowing certain DDL not to block reads/writes.
First of number of planned changes in this area; additional docs required
when full project complete.
2010-07-28 05:22:24 +00:00
Robert Haas
6d16902eda Add ssl_cipher() and ssl_version() functions to contrib/sslinfo.
Review by Dave Page.
2010-07-27 23:43:42 +00:00
Robert Haas
9b6b0b0d9a Fix typo in PL/pgsql code example.
Backpatch to 8.4.

Marc Cousin.  Review by Kevin Grittner.
2010-07-27 20:02:06 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
d33cfbd2e0 Spelling fixes 2010-07-27 19:01:16 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
314ef0ec36 Fix grammar
backpatched to 8.1
2010-07-26 20:28:49 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b4d7ea5f6e Add table creation and population to example
from John Gage
2010-07-26 20:14:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d017f8359c Remove tabs from sgml file. 2010-07-26 01:43:52 +00:00
Robert Haas
a3b012b560 CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS.
Reviewed by Bernd Helmle.
2010-07-25 23:21:22 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
edff75bef8 Add INSERT statement to example so that it can be reproduced
from John Gage
2010-07-25 08:30:42 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f31b1fd7c1 Prevent pg_upgrade from migrating databases that use reg* data types
where the oid is not preserved by pg_upgrade (everything but pg_type).
Update documentation.

Per bug report from depstein@alliedtesting.com.
2010-07-25 03:28:32 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
c3f903aca7 Fix typo 2010-07-24 16:46:57 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
caf2d69ee0 Tidy up boolean data type page
by Thom Brown
2010-07-24 12:17:35 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
f581215660 Remove tab from SGML file 2010-07-24 12:16:20 +00:00
Robert Haas
ce68df468a Add options to force quoting of all identifiers.
I've added a quote_all_identifiers GUC which affects the behavior
of the backend, and a --quote-all-identifiers argument to pg_dump
and pg_dumpall which sets the GUC and also affects the quoting done
internally by those applications.

Design by Tom Lane; review by Alex Hunsaker; in response to bug #5488
filed by Hartmut Goebel.
2010-07-22 01:22:35 +00:00
Robert Haas
013ed0bd81 Add \conninfo command to psql, to show current connection info.
David Christensen. Reviewed by Steve Singer.  Some further changes by me.
2010-07-20 03:54:19 +00:00
Robert Haas
5ffaa9005c Add restart_after_crash GUC.
Normally, we automatically restart after a backend crash, but in some
cases when PostgreSQL is invoked by clusterware it may be desirable to
suppress this behavior, so we provide an option which does this.
Since no existing GUC group quite fits, create a new group called
"error handling options" for this and the previously undocumented GUC
exit_on_error, which is now documented.

Review by Fujii Masao.
2010-07-20 00:47:53 +00:00
Robert Haas
0839f312e9 Change the default value of standard_conforming_strings to on.
This change should be publicized to driver maintainers at once and
release-noted as an incompatibility with previous releases.
2010-07-20 00:34:44 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
040aee295e Add server authentication over Unix-domain sockets
This adds a libpq connection parameter requirepeer that specifies the user
name that the server process is expected to run under.

reviewed by KaiGai Kohei
2010-07-18 11:37:26 +00:00
Tom Lane
3ec694e17b Add a log_file_mode GUC that allows control of the file permissions set on
log files created by the syslogger process.

In passing, make unix_file_permissions display its value in octal, same
as log_file_mode now does.

Martin Pihlak
2010-07-16 22:25:51 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
6b0937cd58 Fix typo spotted by Thom Brown. 2010-07-16 11:35:40 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8f9c461175 Add a paragraph explaining what restartpoints are. Mention that
wal_keep_segments does not take effect during recovery.

Fujii Masao
2010-07-16 11:20:23 +00:00
Tom Lane
7590ddb3eb Add support for dividing money by money (yielding a float8 result) and for
casting between money and numeric.

Andy Balholm, reviewed by Kevin Grittner
2010-07-16 02:15:56 +00:00
Tom Lane
25be9b1d54 Use an <xref> for restore_command reference. Marko Tiikkaja 2010-07-14 22:04:21 +00:00
Tom Lane
d494e685c5 Allow full SSL certificate verification (wherein libpq checks its host name
parameter against server cert's CN field) to succeed in the case where
both host and hostaddr are specified.  As with the existing precedents
for Kerberos, GSSAPI, SSPI, it is the calling application's responsibility
that host and hostaddr match up --- we just use the host name as given.
Per bug #5559 from Christopher Head.

In passing, make the error handling and messages for the no-host-name-given
failure more consistent among these four cases, and correct a lie in the
documentation: we don't attempt to reverse-lookup host from hostaddr
if host is missing.

Back-patch to 8.4 where SSL cert verification was introduced.
2010-07-14 17:09:45 +00:00
Tom Lane
1cc29fe7c6 Teach EXPLAIN to print PARAM_EXEC Params as the referenced expressions,
rather than just $N.  This brings the display of nestloop-inner-indexscan
plans back to where it's been, and incidentally improves the display of
SubPlan parameters as well.  In passing, simplify the EXPLAIN code by
having it deal primarily in the PlanState tree rather than separately
searching Plan and PlanState trees.  This is noticeably cleaner for
subplans, and about a wash elsewhere.

One small difference from previous behavior is that EXPLAIN will no longer
qualify local variable references in inner-indexscan plan nodes, since it
no longer sees such nodes as possibly referencing multiple tables.  Vars
referenced through PARAM_EXEC Params are still forcibly qualified, though,
so I don't think the display is any more confusing than before.  Adjust a
couple of examples in the documentation to match this behavior.
2010-07-13 20:57:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f0fd939655 Restore pl/pgsql default install release note item. 2010-07-12 18:30:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5d4faf07ab 9.0 release note improvements
Erik Rijkers
2010-07-12 18:25:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d89e72c475 Spellcheck 9.0 release notes. 2010-07-12 17:47:39 +00:00
Tom Lane
4720ad515e Add a note about preferred window width to the section about code
formatting conventions.
2010-07-10 18:37:00 +00:00
Robert Haas
2e6d24a621 Clarify that "psql -c" ignores psqlrc files.
Tim Landscheidt
2010-07-10 00:50:24 +00:00
Tom Lane
b40466c337 Stamp HEAD as 9.1devel.
(And there was much rejoicing.)
2010-07-09 04:10:58 +00:00
Marc G. Fournier
1084f31770 tag beta3 2010-07-09 02:43:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c4314e150d Update release notes for 9.0 beta 3. 2010-07-08 22:26:14 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
4b7f50eb81 Some small changes for plperl.sgml:
- wrapped long code-lines, for pdf
   - typo

Erik Rijkers
2010-07-08 21:35:33 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
803716013d Install safeguard against running PL/Python 2 and 3 in the same session 2010-07-08 18:42:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c9b142d965 Doc change: effected -> affected, per correction from Matthew Wakeling 2010-07-08 16:44:12 +00:00
Tom Lane
7f882768dc Add a cross-reference to precedence information to CREATE OPERATOR's
documentation.  Per suggestion from Marc Cousin.
2010-07-08 16:30:13 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
44b0d1671a Add support for TCP keepalives on Windows, both for backend and the new
libpq support.
2010-07-08 10:20:14 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e3243488b0 Document the interaction of write-barrier-enabled file systems, and BBU
caches, per June email thread.
2010-07-07 14:42:09 +00:00
Robert Haas
20be0d480a Make log_temp_files based on kB, and revert docs & comments to match.
Per extensive discussion on pgsql-hackers.  We are deliberately not
back-patching this even though the behavior of 8.3 and 8.4 is
unquestionably broken, for fear of breaking existing users of this
parameter.  This incompatibility should be release-noted.
2010-07-06 22:55:26 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
46ee42b816 Add note that using PL/Python 2 and 3 in the same session will probably crash 2010-07-06 21:37:31 +00:00
Robert Haas
5acd417c8f Support setting the keepalive idle time on MacOS X.
MacOS X uses TCP_KEEPALIVE rather than TCP_KEEPIDLE for this purpose.

Thanks to Fujii Masao for the review.
2010-07-06 21:14:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
291a957745 Split the LDFLAGS make variable into two parts: LDFLAGS is now used for
linking both executables and shared libraries, and we add on LDFLAGS_EX when
linking executables or LDFLAGS_SL when linking shared libraries.  This
provides a significantly cleaner way of dealing with link-time switches than
the former behavior.  Also, make sure that the various platform-specific
%.so: %.o rules incorporate LDFLAGS and LDFLAGS_SL; most of them missed that
before.  (I did not add these variables for the platforms that invoke $(LD)
directly, however.  It's not clear if we can do that safely, since for the
most part we assume these variables use CC command-line syntax.)

Per gripe from Aaron Swenson and subsequent investigation.
2010-07-05 18:54:38 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a520b78f3e Remove SGML tab. 2010-07-03 22:52:25 +00:00
Tom Lane
aceedd88f6 Make vacuum_defer_cleanup_age be PGC_SIGHUP level, since it's not sensible
to have different values in different processes of the primary server.
Also put it into the "Streaming Replication" GUC category; it doesn't belong
in "Standby Servers" because you use it on the master not the standby.
In passing also correct guc.c's idea of wal_keep_segments' category.
2010-07-03 21:23:58 +00:00
Tom Lane
e76c1a0f4d Replace max_standby_delay with two parameters, max_standby_archive_delay and
max_standby_streaming_delay, and revise the implementation to avoid assuming
that timestamps found in WAL records can meaningfully be compared to clock
time on the standby server.  Instead, the delay limits are compared to the
elapsed time since we last obtained a new WAL segment from archive or since
we were last "caught up" to WAL data arriving via streaming replication.
This avoids problems with clock skew between primary and standby, as well
as other corner cases that the original coding would misbehave in, such
as the primary server having significant idle time between transactions.
Per my complaint some time ago and considerable ensuing discussion.

Do some desultory editing on the hot standby documentation, too.
2010-07-03 20:43:58 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e6a7416e28 Document more clearly on XML namespaces inside xpath function
Nikolay Samokhvalov
2010-07-03 17:21:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
4b200a2769 Fix assorted misstatements and poor wording in the descriptions of the I/O
formats for geometric types.  Per bug #5536 from Jon Strait, and my own
testing.

Back-patch to all supported branches, since this doco has been wrong right
along -- we certainly haven't changed the I/O behavior of these types in
many years.
2010-07-03 04:03:06 +00:00
Robert Haas
276a8f4e99 Additional cross-references to window functions documentation.
Erik Rijkers
2010-07-03 02:57:46 +00:00
Robert Haas
ce51747673 Remove hstore % text[] operator; use slice() function instead.
David Wheeler, with one small correction by me.
2010-07-02 20:36:49 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c37e009678 Update 9.0 release notes so streaming replication and hot standby is not
assumed to require continuous archiving.

Per report from Fujii Masao
2010-07-01 02:33:21 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
71a4d5c642 Correct missing/misspelled surname. 2010-06-30 14:25:24 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
67bc0b2b90 Document that /bin/true on Windows is implemented by 'REM'. 2010-06-30 02:43:10 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
e1f8d97e49 In documentation, use "lower case"/"upper case" consistently (use space
between words).
2010-06-29 22:29:14 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5016b69cf1 Document that shared_preload_libraries and local_preload_libraries
lowercase the library names, unless double-quoted.
2010-06-29 22:23:02 +00:00
Tom Lane
5dbf489868 Add compatibility note warning that plpgsql is now stricter about the column
datatypes of composite results, per gripe from Marcel Asio.  Some desultory
copy-editing of plpgsql-related sections of the release notes.
2010-06-29 21:20:19 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
e849b49406 Add note clarifying that XML fragments don't accept DTDs
per complaint from Craig Ringer
2010-06-29 00:03:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
93c81c6831 Fix doc double-wording in non-durable patch.
Report from Thom Brown
2010-06-28 22:46:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c65f299894 Add new Non-Durable Settings documentation section.
Document that synchronous_commit can lose transactions in a db crash,
not just a OS crash.
2010-06-28 21:57:17 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
ee37fb57c0 Add guidelines for formatting errcontext strings 2010-06-28 17:48:26 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7bfc0e5e79 Remove tab from SGML. 2010-06-28 12:30:32 +00:00
Robert Haas
e351593922 Rewrite docs for new libpq keepalive parameters.
The revised documentation makes it more clear that these are client-side
parameters, rather than server side parameters.  It also puts the main
point of each parameter first, and consolidates the conditions under which
it might be ignored in a single list at the end.
2010-06-25 17:08:09 +00:00
Robert Haas
7c49bf9d5d Make AIX suggestions about disabling ipv6 more version-sensitive.
Chris Browne, based on a report from John Pierce.
2010-06-25 16:55:49 +00:00
Simon Riggs
3bdd23932b Fix log_temp_files docs and comments to say bytes not kilobytes.
stat(2) field st_size returns bytes not kilobytes.
Bug found during recent performance tuning for PostgreSQL user.
2010-06-25 13:11:25 +00:00
Robert Haas
fd3499be2f Some copy-editing of the Hot Standby documentation.
Thanks to Joshua Tolley for the review.
2010-06-24 19:50:25 +00:00
Robert Haas
dedb500e8a Further 9.0 release notes updates.
Josh Berkus
2010-06-24 18:33:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f5dc03dc69 Mention that when alter rewrites a table, indexes are also rebuilt. 2010-06-24 14:57:21 +00:00
Robert Haas
d8cd283a08 Add TCP keepalive support to libpq.
This adds four additional connection parameters to libpq: keepalives,
keepalives_idle, keepalives_count, and keepalives_interval.
keepalives default to on, per discussion, but can be turned off by
specifying keepalives=0.  The remaining parameters, where supported,
can be used to adjust how often keepalives are sent and how many
can be lost before the connection is broken.

The immediate motivation for this patch is to make sure that
walreceiver will eventually notice if the master reboots without
closing the connection cleanly, but it should be helpful in other
cases as well.

Tollef Fog Heen, Fujii Masao, and me.
2010-06-23 21:54:13 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7b6f29006e Update pg_ctl docs to explain server output behavior differences on
win32 and non-win32 platforms.
2010-06-22 16:19:36 +00:00
Robert Haas
f974212320 Deprecate the use of => as an operator name.
In HEAD, emit a warning when an operator named => is defined.
In both HEAD and the backbranches (except in 8.2, where contrib
modules do not have documentation), document that hstore's text =>
text operator may be removed in a future release, and encourage the
use of the hstore(text, text) function instead.  This function only
exists in HEAD (previously, it was called tconvert), so backpatch
it back to 8.2, when hstore was added.  Per discussion.
2010-06-22 11:36:16 +00:00
Robert Haas
9b2c14cf11 Minor markup improvements for Hot Standby documentation. 2010-06-22 02:57:50 +00:00
Robert Haas
31c47e53aa Rename hstore => text[] operator to %
This is not yet in any released version, so we still have the option to
change the name.  We may want to reserve the token => in a future release.
2010-06-18 03:52:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
f826f8fc69 Add missing close brackets in old-style COPY syntax diagram.
Spotted by Evan Carroll.
2010-06-17 17:03:57 +00:00
Tom Lane
8f4e121845 Fix typo, init => int, per KOIZUMI Satoru. 2010-06-17 16:03:30 +00:00
Robert Haas
5c5184c043 Document that receive location can rewind if replication restarts.
Fujii Masao, with some further wordsmithing by me.
2010-06-17 01:32:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f25e5e5d47 Update doc description for 9.0 release note item:
Have <command>SELECT</> and <command>CREATE TABLE AS</> return
      row counts to the client
2010-06-16 18:46:18 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a7b592722a 9.0 release notes updates.
Josh Berkus
2010-06-16 18:31:39 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
3659c62350 Remove perl symbol table additions for plperl functions, and mention of it
in the release notes, as it is not apparently providing anything useful.
2010-06-16 14:50:34 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
0c88e559d1 Add notes that CREATE/DROP CONVERSION is similar to CREATE/DROP
TRANSLATION in the SQL standard.
2010-06-16 02:12:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
c0989c67fa Change the interpretation of the primary_key_attnums parameter of
dblink_build_sql_insert() and related functions.  Now the column numbers
are treated as logical not physical column numbers.  This will provide saner
behavior in the presence of dropped columns; furthermore, if we ever get
around to allowing rearrangement of logical column ordering, the original
definition would become nearly untenable from a usability standpoint.
Per recent discussion of dblink's handling of dropped columns.
Not back-patched for fear of breaking existing applications.
2010-06-15 20:29:01 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
77a4c51af8 Clarify SELECT FOR UPDATE behavior in docs. 2010-06-15 20:04:53 +00:00
Robert Haas
b17129b589 Remove hstore's text[] => text[] operator.
This is not yet in any released version, so we still have the option to
backtrack.  Instead, document hstore(text[], text[]).  Per discussion.
2010-06-15 19:48:30 +00:00
Robert Haas
4a96908575 Document new 9.0 behavior of ANALYZE on inheritance hierarchies.
In particular, note that autovacuum does not yet understand that it might
need to vacuum inheritance parents as a result of changes to the child
tables.
2010-06-15 18:43:35 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
41f302b52a Add new GUC categories corresponding to sections in docs, and move
description for vacuum_defer_cleanup_age to the correct category.
Sections in postgresql.conf are also sorted in the same order with docs.

Per gripe by Fujii Masao, suggestion by Heikki Linnakangas, and patch by me.
2010-06-15 07:52:11 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
cbb0dcff4f Fix doc plperl doc with is -> are change. 2010-06-14 18:47:05 +00:00
Simon Riggs
24bfbb5857 Docs for pg_archivecleanup 2010-06-14 17:25:24 +00:00
Robert Haas
38736e2276 Fix misplaced modifier.
As suggested by Ian Barwick.
2010-06-14 02:18:43 +00:00
Robert Haas
dd6c1080d0 Fix typo. 2010-06-14 01:07:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
a079efa641 postgres.txt should get cleaned by 'make clean'. 2010-06-12 21:40:31 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4c7d48bffb Remove lynx -stdin flag for postgres.text. 2010-06-12 17:17:25 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
99fdb4a9ea Add SGML Makefile rule for single-page text, postgres.txt. 2010-06-12 15:58:38 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7d7780f40d Add space between after ">" in ">$@" in SGML Makefile, for clarity. 2010-06-12 15:42:44 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
7de38696c4 Add target to build HTML documentation as single page 2010-06-12 09:55:12 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e751b71b56 Use "replication" as the database name when constructing a connection
string for a streaming replication connection. It's ignored by the
server, but allows libpq to pick up the password from .pgpass where
"replication" is specified as the database name.

Patch by Fujii Masao per Tom's suggestion, with some wording changes by me.
2010-06-11 10:13:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c46f861c0d Update text of 9.0 release notes
Josh Berkus
2010-06-10 21:48:28 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
56834fc759 Rename restartpoint_command to archive_cleanup_command. 2010-06-10 08:13:50 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
346d7cd7fa Return NULL instead of 0/0 in pg_last_xlog_receive_location() and
pg_last_xlog_replay_location(). Per Robert Haas's suggestion, after
Itagaki Takahiro pointed out an issue in the docs. Also, some wording
changes in the docs by me.
2010-06-10 07:00:27 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
a5ec2986b3 Update ALTER TABLE docs to account for exclusion and deferrable uniqueness
constraints

Dean Rasheed
2010-06-09 17:48:10 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
09811eff2e Add index entry for ::, per complaint from John Gage. 2010-06-09 16:43:47 +00:00
Robert Haas
8de14adc5f Make procedural language handler reference C-language function docs.
Based on suggestions from Jonathan Leto and Joshua Tolley.
2010-06-08 20:12:59 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
b5faba1284 Ensure default-only storage parameters for TOAST relations
to be initialized with proper values. Affected parameters are
fillfactor, analyze_threshold, and analyze_scale_factor.

Especially uninitialized fillfactor caused inefficient page usage
because we built a StdRdOptions struct in which fillfactor is zero
if any reloption is set for the toast table.

In addition, we disallow toast.autovacuum_analyze_threshold and
toast.autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor because we didn't actually
support them; they are always ignored.

Report by Rumko on pgsql-bugs on 12 May 2010.
Analysis by Tom Lane and Alvaro Herrera. Patch by me.

Backpatch to 8.4.
2010-06-07 02:59:02 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
3fd839950a Replace "slave" to "standby" in documentation for consistent terminology.
Almost all of the terms in docs and messages were replaced, but still
remains in a few comments and README files in codes.
2010-06-07 02:01:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
2944e6ecb6 Improve our explanation of the OVERLAPS operator.
Per gripe from Frank van Vugt.
2010-06-05 14:56:36 +00:00
Marc G. Fournier
dcd52a64bd tag 9.0beta2 2010-06-04 07:28:30 +00:00
Tom Lane
0cc59cc1f3 Add current WAL end (as seen by walsender, ie, GetWriteRecPtr() result)
and current server clock time to SR data messages.  These are not currently
used on the slave side but seem likely to be useful in future, and it'd be
better not to change the SR protocol after release.  Per discussion.
Also do some minor code review and cleanup on walsender.c, and improve the
protocol documentation.
2010-06-03 22:17:32 +00:00
Tom Lane
572ec5a276 Remove link that breaks HISTORY file generation. 2010-06-03 21:23:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
58028240bb Fix CREATE TRIGGER release mention, WHERE -> WHEN. 2010-06-03 19:38:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a68055eab6 Update 9.0 release notes to current. 2010-06-03 16:33:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
319baeab21 Markup fix. 2010-06-03 14:41:25 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0562820097 Document regexp_matches() better and show example of single-row usage. 2010-06-03 14:40:42 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
3b19a45964 Document use of C++ for extension use. 2010-06-03 14:39:58 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f0c437cf54 Document that citext operators must be in the current search path. 2010-06-03 03:04:55 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
356e4dbf9a Clarify array generate_subscripts() documentation example.
Tim Landscheidt
2010-06-03 02:06:10 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9b5c3611d7 Document that && geometric operator is true even if only a point
overlaps.

David Fetter
2010-06-03 01:34:02 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2681c51eca Update C++ release note item wording. 2010-06-01 13:43:39 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1f152c656b Comment out C++ docs for later user. Tone down C++ compatibility in 9.0
release notes.
2010-06-01 03:19:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d149fbf411 Mention palloc/pfree for C++ memory allocation in docs. 2010-06-01 02:54:37 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
06625abeef Fix SGML markup for tag title. 2010-06-01 02:35:37 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b67fbb6c57 Add documentation section "Using C++ for Extensibility".
Craig Ringer
2010-06-01 02:31:36 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a128991705 Overflow box is on page after listed page number, per Alvaro. 2010-05-31 22:42:59 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0b4150323b Update TeX overflow documentation page pattern mask, in docs. 2010-05-31 22:15:25 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
66dd050560 Document how to find TeX overflow boxes in our documentation build, per
details from Alvaro Herrera.
2010-05-31 22:14:20 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
a7b2f694e7 Add note about database ownership to REASSIGN OWNED command documentation,
per Josh Berkus.  Add ALTER DATABASE to the "see also" section, too.
2010-05-31 18:47:35 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6f1932c249 Reword fsync and full_page_writes docs to be clearer about when to turn
them off.

Josh Berkus, with slight wording changes by me.
2010-05-31 15:50:48 +00:00
Tom Lane
b12b7a9038 Change the notation for calling functions with named parameters from
"val AS name" to "name := val", as per recent discussion.

This patch catches everything in the original named-parameters patch,
but I'm not certain that no other dependencies snuck in later (grepping
the source tree for all uses of AS soon proved unworkable).

In passing I note that we've dropped the ball at least once on keeping
ecpg's lexer (as opposed to parser) in sync with the backend.  It would
be a good idea to go through all of pgc.l and see if it's in sync now.
I didn't attempt that at the moment.
2010-05-30 18:10:41 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2bde07c198 Clarify the meaning of "trusted language" in the documentation. 2010-05-30 02:23:09 +00:00
Tom Lane
63f591e969 Add text to "Populating a Database" pointing out that bulk data load into a
table with foreign key constraints eats memory.  Per off-line discussion of
bug #5480 with its reporter.  Also do some minor wordsmithing elsewhere in
the same section.
2010-05-29 21:08:04 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d800b036d2 Document that NOT NULL domain constraints are not always honored. 2010-05-29 19:06:16 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
23e9fe0391 Fix typos in recent doc patch. Fujii Masao 2010-05-29 09:01:10 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9b94e3696e Document use of VPATH builds.
David Fetter
2010-05-28 18:04:36 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fe76f93d11 Update High Availability docs. Clarify terms master/primary standby/slave,
move two paragraphs that apply to log shipping in general from the
"Alternative method for log shipping" section to the earlier sections.
Add varname tags where missing. Some small wording changes.
2010-05-28 14:03:31 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
2175d4fa59 Small correction/clarification in discussion of Unicode literals 2010-05-27 18:23:47 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
aa5bec67de Make it more clear that you need to release savepoint with
RELEASE SAVEPOINT to make an older savepoint with the same name
accessible. It's also possible to implicitly release the savepoint by
rolling back to an earlier savepoint, but mentioning that too would make
the note just more verbose and confusing.
2010-05-27 06:25:32 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f495020ede Fix SGML markup 2010-05-26 23:55:51 +00:00
Tom Lane
1e6b654edc Improve SSL-related documentation. Explain how to deal with certificate
chains, do assorted wordsmithing.
2010-05-26 23:49:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
092c38a2a8 Document pgFouine and check_postgres as log analysis options. 2010-05-26 23:29:45 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
238d21d7d2 Modify pg_standby, pgbench, and pg_upgrade manual pages to be consistent
in their display of command-line options with other client applications.
2010-05-25 15:55:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7ff79fa425 Add pg_upgrade docs about binary compatibility, per Robert Haas. 2010-05-25 14:50:56 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4b9904a0f8 Update pg_upgrade docs to show options in alphabetical order, and
improve 8.3 doc limitations paragraph.
2010-05-24 17:43:39 +00:00
Tom Lane
de98ef62c7 Fix index entry for lo_compat_privileges, per bug #5467 from KOIZUMI Satoru. 2010-05-20 20:32:27 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
47671aae77 Show oid2name command-line arguments in documentation like we do for
non-contrib command-line tools (no longer in a single table display).
2010-05-20 03:45:38 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9974a46004 SGML markup cleanup for pg_upgrade. 2010-05-19 20:47:18 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5add506838 Doc change: Rename of directory no longer required for pg_migrator 9.0.
Alvaro
2010-05-19 20:40:33 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5eae7e1756 pg_upgrade doc cleanup
Stefan Kaltenbrunner
2010-05-19 20:37:03 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
2963d82281 Restore oid2name doc change. 2010-05-19 20:22:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
67fd5f3c85 Add command-line documentation for pg_upgrade. 2010-05-19 20:20:38 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
3ef9574102 Refer to pg_ident.conf as config file for username mapping, as it's
now used for other things than just ident authentication.

Noted by Stephen Frost
2010-05-18 19:05:17 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
60e7f45966 Make pg_upgrade documentation refer to 9.0 instead of 8.4.
Fujii Masao
2010-05-18 15:41:36 +00:00
Robert Haas
11f2efd12a Move pg_notify() details to a subsection within the NOTIFY reference page.
This allows the index to reference the pg_notify() subsection specifically,
rather than Notes section of the NOTIFY reference page more generally.

Fujii Masao
2010-05-18 02:28:53 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
91e01e21a2 Make table in example less wide. 2010-05-17 20:50:44 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
99ad9236bc Clarify plperl subroutine name release notes item, remove now redundant Safe.pm item. 2010-05-17 17:46:13 +00:00
Robert Haas
6d932df652 Insert line breaks in two places in SQL functions documentation.
This avoids a formatting problem in the PDF output.  In the HTML output this
isn't necessary, but we've done similar things elsewhere in the documentation
so I think it's OK to do it here, too.  I've refrained from breaking a longish
error message which also causes problems for the PDF output, because that would
make the HTML output look wrong.

Erik Rijkers
2010-05-16 04:35:04 +00:00
Robert Haas
4384a95a57 Fix longstanding typo in V1 calling conventions documentation.
Erik Rijkers
2010-05-16 03:55:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
d7b6c8c0a5 Improve documentation of pg_restore's -l and -L switches to point out their
interactions with filtering switches, such as -n and -t.  Per a complaint
from Russell Smith.
2010-05-15 18:11:07 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
36d3afd2d4 Remove all mentions of EnterpriseDB Advanced Server from pg_upgrade;
EDB must maintain their own patch set for this.
2010-05-13 22:51:00 +00:00
Tom Lane
20db9591b2 Update release notes with security issues.
Security: CVE-2010-1169, CVE-2010-1170
2010-05-13 21:26:59 +00:00
Tom Lane
4b8c969c74 Use an entity instead of non-ASCII letter. Thom Brown 2010-05-13 19:16:14 +00:00
Tom Lane
a4bbfb1aac Use "TOAST table" in place of the vague, not-used-elsewhere phrase
"supplementary storage table".
2010-05-13 18:54:18 +00:00
Tom Lane
9ead05b7c3 Prevent PL/Tcl from loading the "unknown" module from pltcl_modules unless
that is a regular table or view owned by a superuser.  This prevents a
trojan horse attack whereby any unprivileged SQL user could create such a
table and insert code into it that would then get executed in other users'
sessions whenever they call pltcl functions.

Worse yet, because the code was automatically loaded into both the "normal"
and "safe" interpreters at first use, the attacker could execute unrestricted
Tcl code in the "normal" interpreter without there being any pltclu functions
anywhere, or indeed anyone else using pltcl at all: installing pltcl is
sufficient to open the hole.  Change the initialization logic so that the
"unknown" code is only loaded into an interpreter when the interpreter is
first really used.  (That doesn't add any additional security in this
particular context, but it seems a prudent change, and anyway the former
behavior violated the principle of least astonishment.)

Security: CVE-2010-1170
2010-05-13 18:29:12 +00:00
Andrew Dunstan
1f474d299d Abandon the use of Perl's Safe.pm to enforce restrictions in plperl, as it is
fundamentally insecure. Instead apply an opmask to the whole interpreter that
imposes restrictions on unsafe operations. These restrictions are much harder
to subvert than is Safe.pm, since there is no container to be broken out of.
Backported to release 7.4.

In releases 7.4, 8.0 and 8.1 this also includes the necessary backporting of
the two interpreters model for plperl and plperlu adopted in release 8.2.

In versions 8.0 and up, the use of Perl's POSIX module to undo its locale
mangling on Windows has become insecure with these changes, so it is
replaced by our own routine, which is also faster.

Nice side effects of the changes include that it is now possible to use perl's
"strict" pragma in a natural way in plperl, and that perl's $a and
$b variables now work as expected in sort routines, and that function
compilation is significantly faster.

Tim Bunce and Andrew Dunstan, with reviews from Alex Hunsaker and
Alexey Klyukin.

Security: CVE-2010-1169
2010-05-13 16:39:43 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
10d66ac8f6 Comment out EnterpriseDB Advanced Server mention in SGML docs. 2010-05-13 15:03:24 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
4cb7536c6b Fix some spelling errors.
Thom Brown
2010-05-13 14:16:41 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
092c36ef99 Fix HISTORY.html build using </link>, not </>. 2010-05-13 12:47:50 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3393551d54 Fix vpath installation from distribution tarball (bug #5447) 2010-05-13 11:49:48 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d8c311c379 Update release notes to current. 2010-05-13 01:57:01 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9885206cab Move pg_upgrade shared library out into its own /contrib directory
(pg_upgrade_support).
2010-05-13 01:03:01 +00:00
Tom Lane
8aad797362 Preliminary release notes for releases 8.4.4, 8.3.11, 8.2.17, 8.1.21, 8.0.25,
7.4.29.
2010-05-12 23:20:49 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c2e9b2f288 Add pg_upgrade to /contrib; will be in 9.0 beta2.
Add documentation.

Supports migration from PG 8.3 and 8.4.
2010-05-12 02:19:11 +00:00
Robert Haas
8b8009a20d Mention related ALTER TABLE variants in documentation for CLUSTER.
As suggested by Andy Lester.
2010-05-11 16:07:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
4768fd3fd8 Fix typo: PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW should be PGTYPES_NUM_UNDERFLOW.
Noted by KOIZUMI Satoru.
2010-05-09 16:30:31 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1ba23f767b Fix incorrect parameter tag in docs, spotted by KOIZUMI Satoru. 2010-05-05 15:10:25 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
d64e81c07e Remove spurious dot, per bug #5446 reported by koizumistr@minos.ocn.ne.jp 2010-05-03 15:35:30 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c0de88c415 Change wording so that you don't need to understand that wal_levels
form a hierarchy. Per Simon's suggestion.
2010-05-03 10:31:29 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
1b6c7b1c0b Change "literal" tag to the more appropriate "firstterm", when describing
what "eventually consistent" means.
2010-05-03 09:15:17 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f35951619c Add cross-reference from wal_level to hot_standby setting. Update
the PITR documentation to mention that you need to set wal_level to
'archive' or 'hot_standby', to enable WAL archiving. Per Simon's request.
2010-05-03 09:14:17 +00:00
Simon Riggs
abeb17cdae Docs for standbycheck regression tests. 2010-05-02 12:22:40 +00:00
Simon Riggs
98bbab47bc Mention that max_standby_delay has units of milliseconds. Units are mentioned
for all other parameters where the default is expressed in a different unit.
2010-05-02 11:32:53 +00:00
Tom Lane
f9ed327f76 Clean up some awkward, inaccurate, and inefficient processing around
MaxStandbyDelay.  Use the GUC units mechanism for the value, and choose more
appropriate timestamp functions for performing tests with it.  Make the
ps_activity manipulation in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs have
behavior similar to ps_activity code elsewhere, notably not updating the
display when update_process_title is off and not truncating the display
contents at an arbitrarily-chosen length.  Improve the docs to be explicit
about what MaxStandbyDelay actually measures, viz the difference between
primary and standby servers' clocks, and the possible hazards if their clocks
aren't in sync.
2010-05-02 02:10:33 +00:00
Tom Lane
170456c9d8 Install hack workaround for failure of 'make all' in VPATH builds.
It appears that gmake gets confused if postgres.sgml is not present in
the working directory, and instantiates some default rule or other that
would let postgres.sgml be built from postgres.xml.  I haven't been able
to track down exactly where that's coming from, but the problem can be
dodged by specifying srcdir explicitly in the rule for postgres.xml.
Per report from Vladimir Kokovic.
2010-05-01 21:31:17 +00:00
Tom Lane
f856fad80b Adjust postgres.xml rule so that make will notice a failure exit from osx.
The previous coding had it in a pipe, which on most shells won't report
the error.  Per experimentation with a bug report from Vladimir Kokovic.
This doesn't actually fix his problem, but it does explain why make
didn't report that there was a problem.
2010-05-01 18:15:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
05f030837c Update our information about OS X shared memory configuration: it's now
possible to set most of the SHM kernel parameters without a reboot.
Also, reorder the paragraph to explain the modern configuration method first.
There are probably not too many people who still care about how to do it on
OS X 10.3 or older.
2010-04-30 22:24:50 +00:00
Tom Lane
854b5eb510 Improve COPY documentation to clarify that it doesn't copy data to or from
child tables.  Per gripe from Jaime Casanova.
2010-04-30 19:49:06 +00:00
Marc G. Fournier
f9d9b2b34a tag for 9.0beta1 2010-04-30 03:16:58 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
616a3b2df4 Documentation fix: CREATE TRIGGER 'WHERE' -> 'WHEN'
Selena Deckelmann
2010-04-29 22:03:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
69f7a4d8e3 Adjust error checks in pg_start_backup and pg_stop_backup to make it possible
to perform a backup without archive_mode being enabled.  This gives up some
user-error protection in order to improve usefulness for streaming-replication
scenarios.  Per discussion.
2010-04-29 21:49:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
f0488bd57c Rename the parameter recovery_connections to hot_standby, to reduce possible
confusion with streaming-replication settings.  Also, change its default
value to "off", because of concern about executing new and poorly-tested
code during ordinary non-replicating operation.  Per discussion.

In passing do some minor editing of related documentation.
2010-04-29 21:36:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
72e316e4c8 Doc fix -- last major item should not be a bullet. 2010-04-29 21:02:50 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
fbb68396bb Move alpha release notes into a separate file; re-align sgml tags. 2010-04-29 20:54:28 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ca2c61caac Update 9.0 release notes to current; add major items and introductory
text.
2010-04-29 20:43:22 +00:00
Tom Lane
a5ec86a7c7 Install a workaround for 'TeX capacity exceeded' problem
when building PDF output for recent versions of the documentation.
There is probably a better answer out there somewhere, but
we need something now so we can build beta releases.
2010-04-29 16:32:41 +00:00
Tom Lane
fa171dd8e5 Fix typo, per Thom Brown. 2010-04-28 21:23:29 +00:00
Tom Lane
77acab75df Modify ShmemInitStruct and ShmemInitHash to throw errors internally,
rather than returning NULL for some-but-not-all failures as they used to.
Remove now-redundant tests for NULL from call sites.

We had to do something about this because many call sites were failing to
check for NULL; and changing it like this seems a lot more useful and
mistake-proof than adding checks to the call sites without them.
2010-04-28 16:54:16 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
5f70a04c56 Make pg_stats example query result a bit less wide, and add comment about
pg_stats.inherited
2010-04-28 16:48:21 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9b8a73326e Introduce wal_level GUC to explicitly control if information needed for
archival or hot standby should be WAL-logged, instead of deducing that from
other options like archive_mode. This replaces recovery_connections GUC in
the primary, where it now has no effect, but it's still used in the standby
to enable/disable hot standby.

Remove the WAL-logging of "unlogged operations", like creating an index
without WAL-logging and fsyncing it at the end. Instead, we keep a copy of
the wal_mode setting and the settings that affect how much shared memory a
hot standby server needs to track master transactions (max_connections,
max_prepared_xacts, max_locks_per_xact) in pg_control. Whenever the settings
change, at server restart, write a WAL record noting the new settings and
update pg_control. This allows us to notice the change in those settings in
the standby at the right moment, they used to be included in checkpoint
records, but that meant that a changed value was not reflected in the
standby until the first checkpoint after the change.

Bump PG_CONTROL_VERSION and XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. Whack XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC back to
the sequence it used to follow, before hot standby and subsequent patches
changed it to 0x9003.
2010-04-28 16:10:43 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
8f9fe24b10 Add recovery.conf parameters to the documentation index, per suggestion
by Fujii Masao.
2010-04-28 07:34:11 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
871e73bb27 Reformat code examples in plpgsql docs for better readability in PDF output
Erik Rijkers
2010-04-27 14:32:40 +00:00
Tom Lane
3456cf1831 Update documentation to match pg_stat_activity changes. 2010-04-26 19:56:55 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
132c40424a Document that pgpool can be used with master/slave servers to avoid
problems with non-deterministic functions.
2010-04-26 19:09:25 +00:00
Robert Haas
ab93cd9b05 When we're restricting who can connect, don't allow new walsenders.
Normal superuser processes are allowed to connect even when the database
system is shutting down, or when fewer than superuser_reserved_connection
slots remain.  This is intended to make sure an administrator can log in
and troubleshoot, so don't extend these same courtesies to users connecting
for replication.
2010-04-26 10:52:00 +00:00
Robert Haas
33980a0640 Fix various instances of "the the".
Two of these were pointed out by Erik Rijkers; the rest I found.
2010-04-23 23:21:44 +00:00
Tom Lane
a6dcd19a2a Enforce superuser permissions checks during ALTER ROLE/DATABASE SET, rather
than during define_custom_variable().  This entails rejecting an ALTER
command if the target variable doesn't have a known (non-placeholder)
definition, unless the calling user is superuser.  When the variable *is*
known, we can correctly apply the rule that only superusers can issue ALTER
for SUSET parameters.  This allows define_custom_variable to apply ALTER's
values for SUSET parameters at module load time, secure in the knowledge
that only a superuser could have set the ALTER value.  This change fixes a
longstanding gotcha in the usage of SUSET-level custom parameters; which
is a good thing to fix now that plpgsql defines such a parameter.
2010-04-21 20:54:19 +00:00
Tom Lane
a2c3931a24 Fix pg_hba.conf matching so that replication connections only match records
with database = replication.  The previous coding would allow them to match
ordinary records too, but that seems like a recipe for security breaches.
Improve the messages associated with no-such-pg_hba.conf entry to report
replication connections as such, since that's now a critical aspect of
whether the connection matches.  Make some cursory improvements in the related
documentation, too.
2010-04-21 03:32:53 +00:00
Robert Haas
481cb5d9b5 Rename standby_keep_segments to wal_keep_segments.
Also, make the name of the GUC and the name of the backing variable match.
Alnong the way, clean up a couple of slight typographical errors in the
related docs.
2010-04-20 11:15:06 +00:00
Robert Haas
ee7769bb76 Update docs as to when WAL logging can be skipped.
In 8.4 and prior, WAL-logging could potentially be skipped whenever
archive_mode=off.  With streaming replication, this is now true only
if max_wal_senders=0.

Fujii Masao, with light copyediting by me
2010-04-20 00:26:06 +00:00
Robert Haas
5b89ef384c Add an 'enable_material' GUC.
The logic for determining whether to materialize has been significantly
overhauled for 9.0.  In case there should be any doubt about whether
materialization is a win in any particular case, this should provide a
convenient way of seeing what happens without it; but even with enable_material
turned off, we still materialize in cases where it is required for
correctness.

Thanks to Tom Lane for the review.
2010-04-19 00:55:26 +00:00
Robert Haas
7b130fbc50 Provide better guidance for adjusting shared_buffers. 2010-04-16 21:46:07 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b4fd1e246e Document that autovacuum cannot vacuum or analyze temporary tables. 2010-04-16 02:22:33 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b6c586a36c Improve punctuation 2010-04-15 20:56:13 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
edde4169b5 IP port -> TCP port
backpatched to 8.1, where this first appeared
2010-04-15 20:48:22 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
95eaea4c27 Fix typo, spotted by Erik Rijkers. 2010-04-15 16:25:13 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0993d2943e Doc change: anyways -> anyway; Erik Rijkers 2010-04-14 02:36:04 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ea9c103237 Add "SSD" acronym mention for solid state drive mention. 2010-04-13 14:15:25 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
4f57c28da0 Fix typo.
Fujii Masao
2010-04-13 08:19:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
325e9cb3a0 Remove example of archive_command from configure section; instead have
users look at the referenced section for examples, per idea from Greg
Smith.
2010-04-12 22:09:58 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
202c655810 Spell out full archive directory specification in 'test -f' continuous
archiving example, per suggestion from Greg Smith.
2010-04-12 19:08:28 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e76b4e0ddb Adjust paragraph about monitoring streaming replication, now that we have
standby_keep_segments.
2010-04-12 10:01:04 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e57cd7f0a1 Change the logic to decide when to delete old WAL segments, so that it
doesn't take into account how far the WAL senders are. This way a hung
WAL sender doesn't prevent old WAL segments from being recycled/removed
in the primary, ultimately causing the disk to fill up. Instead add
standby_keep_segments setting to control how many old WAL segments are
kept in the primary. This also makes it more reliable to use streaming
replication without WAL archiving, assuming that you set
standby_keep_segments high enough.
2010-04-12 09:52:29 +00:00
Robert Haas
1c850fa807 Make smart shutdown work in combination with Hot Standby/Streaming Replication.
At present, killing the startup process does not release any locks it holds,
so we must wait to stop the startup and walreceiver processes until all
read-only backends have exited.  Without this patch, the startup and
walreceiver processes never exit, so the server gets permanently stuck in
a half-shutdown state.

Fujii Masao, with review, docs, and comment adjustments by me.
2010-04-08 01:39:37 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0f11ed5886 Allow quotes to be escaped in recovery.conf, by doubling them. This patch
also makes the parsing a little bit stricter, rejecting garbage after the
parameter value and values with missing ending quotes, for example.
2010-04-07 10:58:49 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
370f770c15 Forbid using pg_xlogfile_name() and pg_xlogfile_name_offset() during
recovery. We might want to relax this in the future, but ThisTimeLineID
isn't currently correct in backends during recovery, so the filename
returned was wrong.
2010-04-07 06:12:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
08c1d4e560 Reword exclusion constriants to mention that the operator can return
false or null, per Tom.
2010-04-06 02:18:04 +00:00
Tom Lane
87d5c22925 Clean up description of 9.0's incompatible changes in SIMILAR TO and
SQL-style substring().
2010-04-05 02:46:42 +00:00
Tom Lane
60bd2b1941 Arrange to remove pg_default_acl entries completely if their ACL setting
is changed to match the hard-wired default.  This avoids accumulating useless
catalog entries, and also provides a path for dropping the owning role without
using DROP OWNED BY.  Per yesterday's complaint from Jaime Casanova, the
need to use DROP OWNED BY for that is less than obvious, so providing this
alternative method might save some user frustration.
2010-04-05 01:58:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
87ecae72ba Minor wording improvement. 2010-04-03 21:46:59 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
a8af3d1a57 Clarify documentation of to_char EEEE pattern 2010-04-03 07:53:02 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
6dcce3985b Remove unnecessary xref endterm attributes and title ids
The endterm attribute is mainly useful when the toolchain does not support
automatic link target text generation for a particular situation.  In  the
past, this was required by the man page tools for all reference page links,
but that is no longer the case, and it now actually gets in the way of
proper automatic link text generation.  The only remaining use cases are
currently xrefs to refsects.
2010-04-03 07:23:02 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
7969145483 Allow for more room in the man page title, so that
"CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" is not truncated.
2010-04-03 07:16:05 +00:00
Simon Riggs
3e754a89ea Clarify some behaviours of REASSIGN OWNED and DROP OWNED BY. 2010-04-02 17:29:22 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
a5c317cf78 Fix the build and install rules for man pages with SQL section != 7
The previous coding failed in various scenarios possibly including vpath
builds and doing make install without preceding make all.
2010-04-02 14:02:49 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
399ea9e7a5 Change test -e to test -f in docs, for portability. 2010-04-01 13:52:56 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0189c42f31 Add contraint exclusion section to contraint docs.
Takahiro Itagaki
2010-04-01 01:18:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
38672aaaa1 Add full names for release note item authors. 2010-04-01 00:32:53 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
570e01becc Use test -e rather than test -f. 2010-04-01 00:31:00 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
8ae5160bf3 Improve 9.0 release notes by removing extra parentheses and linking to a
more appropriate place for exclusion constraints.
2010-04-01 00:18:21 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d93e4d819c Revert change that prevented ellipses from looking like ../. 2010-03-31 23:51:41 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c2af244021 Clarify ellipses use in archive_command example, per Josh Kupershmidt. 2010-03-31 23:39:15 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
cba3498596 Document why 'cp -i </dev/null' is suggested for archive command. 2010-03-31 23:35:19 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
f185fc3c5e Fix typos, spotted by Thom Brown. 2010-03-31 20:41:50 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ec9ee9381f Enhance standby documentation.
Original patch by Fujii Masao, with heavy editing and bitrot-fixing
after my other commit.
2010-03-31 20:35:09 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
259f60e9b6 Mention in the docs that if special keywords like "sameuser" and
"replication" are quoted in pg_hba.conf, they lose their special meaning.
2010-03-31 20:18:10 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
991bfe11d2 Enhance documentation of the build-in standby mode, explaining the retry
loop in standby mode, trying to restore from archive, pg_xlog and
streaming.

Move sections around to make the high availability chapter more
coherent: the most prominent part is now a "Log-Shipping Standby Servers"
section that describes what a standby server is (like the old
"Warm Standby Servers for High Availability" section), and how to
set up a warm standby server, including streaming replication, using the
built-in standby mode. The pg_standby method is desribed in another
section called "Alternative method for log shipping", with the added
caveat that it doesn't work with streaming replication.
2010-03-31 19:13:01 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
29ccc32c30 Separate targets "make docs" and "make install-docs" for the documentation
It is no longer installed by default, but included in "make world"/"make
install-world".  Documentation updated accordingly.

Also, fix vpathsearch function to work when calling make install-docs
without previous make docs.
2010-03-30 00:10:46 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
3f76f9613d Add note that XML Schema validation is not supported
requested by Andrew Lardinois
2010-03-29 22:01:08 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
1e24678349 Add some information about what it means for PL/Python to be untrusted.
Similar information already appears in the PL/Perl and PL/Tcl chapters.
2010-03-29 21:35:59 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
51d2c9b0bb Add some documentation about PL/Python limitations
suggested by Steve White (bug #5272)
2010-03-29 21:20:58 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
be8cebc717 Prevent ALTER USER f RESET ALL from removing the settings that were put there
by a superuser -- "ALTER USER f RESET setting" already disallows removing such a
setting.

Apply the same treatment to ALTER DATABASE d RESET ALL when run by a database
owner that's not superuser.
2010-03-25 14:44:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5f9d2316d5 Typo fix from IRC breinbaas 2010-03-23 22:37:14 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
7e2411429c Remove CRs for each line in pgbench.sgml. 2010-03-23 04:09:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a9ae3c0a56 Add back other xlog() function author names. 2010-03-23 02:28:48 +00:00
Itagaki Takahiro
a887c486d5 Each worker thread will have its own log file in pgbench to avoid interleaved
writes. The first worker still uses "pgbench_log.<pid>" for the name, but
additional workers use "pgbench_log.<pid>.<serial-number>" instead.

Reported by Greg Smith.
2010-03-23 01:29:22 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1d34814ac2 Properly credit Simon for functions pg_last_xlog_replay_location, etc. 2010-03-22 22:56:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
260d843d70 Re-order createuser and vacuumedb documentation options, for
consistency.

Gabrielle (Roth)
2010-03-22 14:56:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0885dd1517 Remove 9.0 release notes xref's to HISTORY.html can be built.
Document this restriction.
2010-03-21 22:12:27 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
6ad4249b5c Add more 9.0 release note documentation links. 2010-03-21 02:24:29 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4748faa50a Add links to documentation sections in 9.0 release notes.
Also update tagging instructions, and add id tags to a few documentation
sections.
2010-03-21 00:43:40 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4a12e98c46 In 9.0 release notes, move libpq/ecpg up into their own sections, like I
did with server-side languages.
2010-03-20 16:31:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9e6c5f1e74 Move server-side languages up one section in the 9.0 release notes. 2010-03-20 14:03:31 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
128b1c5022 Create 9.0 release notes; keep 9.0-alpha release notes in place. 2010-03-20 03:30:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
4430907d95 Update sgml release note markup suggestions. 2010-03-20 03:12:52 +00:00
Simon Riggs
f42ddc4772 Clarify docs about database parameter in streaming replication primary_conninfo.
Docs were unclear on whether or not database=replication was required,
nor did they mention the FATAL error this causes if database parameter is
mentioned explicitly, whatever its value.
2010-03-19 19:31:06 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
a401226bd8 Prevent the injection of invalidly encoded strings by PL/Python into PostgreSQL
with a few strategically placed pg_verifymbstr calls.
2010-03-18 19:43:03 +00:00
Tom Lane
5f6285616d Fix missing parentheses for current_query(), per bug #5378.
Also make a couple other minor editorial improvements.
2010-03-18 15:29:44 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
c21ac0b58e Add restartpoint_command option to recovery.conf. Fix bug in %r handling
in recovery_end_command, it always came out as 0 because InRedo was
cleared before recovery_end_command was executed. Also, always take
ControlFileLock when reading checkpoint location for %r.

The recovery_end_command bug and the missing locking was present in 8.4
as well, that part of this patch will be backported separately.
2010-03-18 09:17:18 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
b2640888d9 Make typography consistent 2010-03-17 20:53:19 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
ad8f6fec3b Typo fixes.
Fujii Masao
2010-03-17 18:03:55 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
a95e51962d Update broken and permanently moved links 2010-03-17 17:12:31 +00:00
Tom Lane
f248e11f70 Fix incorrect example in CREATE INDEX reference page, per Josh Kupershmidt.
Also fix and uncomment an old example of creating a GIST index, and make
a couple of other minor editorial adjustments.
2010-03-17 15:55:50 +00:00
Simon Riggs
0131088f18 Fix typo in streaming replication protocol docs. 2010-03-17 00:28:15 +00:00
Simon Riggs
ce701c1e73 Fix typo in math function docs, spotted by Heikki. 2010-03-16 16:03:24 +00:00
Simon Riggs
bd11a0f67f Document that trig functions accept/return values in radians. 2010-03-15 19:03:31 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
66cac8feab Add some more structure and bits of information to PL/Python documentation 2010-03-13 20:55:05 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
a6c1cea2b7 Add libpq warning message if the .pgpass-retrieved password fails.
Add ERRCODE_INVALID_PASSWORD sqlstate error code.
2010-03-13 14:55:57 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
8b2ae44dc8 Update shared memory configuration information for Linux
In particular, the assertion that shmall is sufficiently sized by default
is slowly becoming untrue.
2010-03-13 11:00:19 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
5473df9eb7 Document what user name email symbols are supported by tsearch. 2010-03-13 03:09:04 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c24b2ef217 Re-add comma, oops. 2010-03-12 23:21:48 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
cb08f6b688 Remove unnecessary comma in documentation. 2010-03-12 17:46:07 +00:00
Tom Lane
8c9a120f6b Preliminary release notes for releases 8.4.3, 8.3.10, 8.2.16, 8.1.20, 8.0.24,
7.4.28.
2010-03-10 01:58:11 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
aa8eed3172 Add missing space in example.
Tim Landscheidt
2010-03-08 12:38:37 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
43d07d63b1 Revert patch for --psqlrc=FILENAME in psql. 2010-03-07 17:02:34 +00:00
Magnus Hagander
66c2cc2ba9 Add --psqlrc=FILENAME parameter to psql, to process an explicitly named
file instead of ~/.psqlrc on startup.
2010-03-06 15:28:09 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ea066f87c3 Document that "Q" is ignored by to_date and to_timestamp. Add C comment
about the behavior.

Document that quotes in to_date, to_timestamp, to_number skip input
characters.
2010-03-03 22:28:42 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
8b420770b3 Fix SGML markup. 2010-03-03 03:23:12 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d859b17f0f Restructure CREATE FUNCTION "NOTES" section to be shorter; move items
into proper sections, per suggestion from Tom.
2010-03-03 03:14:08 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
7c55be792b Adjust max_standby_delay documentation to be clearer, and mention that
two adjacent long-running queries have much less than max_standby_delay
before query cancel is possible.
2010-03-02 23:38:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
b098dbec0d Document the effect of max_standby_delay on increasing the delay of data
from master to slave, and discourage its use during slave/master
keep-xid-alive connections.
2010-03-02 21:18:59 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
9393bc62c5 Update keywords list for 9.0 2010-03-02 20:40:48 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
bd7246f65e Update complex locale example in the documentation. 2010-02-28 02:20:40 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
0ff1c3e547 *** empty log message *** 2010-02-28 02:19:47 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
9295eea839 Document ATAPI FLUSH CACHE EXT. 2010-02-27 20:16:17 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
c685b942e5 Document trace_recovery_messages() parameter as an enum, not string.
Fujii Masao
2010-02-27 14:46:05 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas
7ab9305cc9 Document max_standby_delay=-1 option, now that it's allowed again. 2010-02-27 09:29:20 +00:00
Tom Lane
4ec700a8ec Entity-ify a few new uses of literal <, >, and &. 2010-02-27 04:29:44 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
f7c93458a9 Use <> for libpq #include in example programs, per suggestion from Josh Berkus. 2010-02-27 03:41:34 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
adfb444581 Document ATAPI drive flush command, and mention SSD drives. 2010-02-27 01:39:46 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
ca8e3a51a0 Document pg_restore --jobs as a performance enhancement. 2010-02-26 02:31:52 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
87f609c4fe Remove 'emphasis' markup inside literal; not allowed. 2010-02-26 01:11:46 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
d98039d896 Document that after triggers that need to see changed rows should not be
marked stable.
2010-02-25 22:24:00 +00:00
Bruce Momjian
1951c97805 Document clearly the meaning of none/all for log_statements. 2010-02-25 19:20:38 +00:00